Sony MEX-BT3150U Operating Instructions

4-427-433-61(1)
Bluetooth® Audio System
Bluetooth®
Audio System
To cancel the demonstration (DEMO) display, see page 6.
MEX-BT3150U
Operating Instructions GB
Be sure to install this unit in the
dashboard of the car for safety.
For installation and connections,
see the supplied installation/connections
manual.
Laser Diode Properties
• Emission Duration: Continuous
• Laser Output: Less than 53.3μW
(This output is the value measurement at a
distance of 200 mm from the objective
lens surface on the Optical Pick-up Block
with 7 mm aperture.)
The Bluetooth word mark and logos are
owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any
use of such marks by Sony Corporation is
under license. Other trademarks and trade
names are those of their respective owners.
ZAPPIN and Quick-BrowZer are
trademarks of Sony Corporation.
Windows Media is either a registered
trademark or trademark of Microsoft
Corporation in the United States and/or
other countries.
This product is protected by certain
intellectual property rights of Microsoft
Corporation. Use or distribution of such
technology outside of this product is
prohibited without a license from Microsoft
or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary.
iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and
iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc.,
registered in the U.S. and other countries.
App Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology
and patents licensed from Fraunhofer IIS
and Thomson.
Android is a trademark of Google Inc. Use
of this trademark is subject to Google
Permissions.
2
Note on the lithium battery
Do not expose the battery to excessive heat
such as direct sunlight, fire or the like.
Warning if your car’s ignition has no
ACC position
Be sure to set the Auto Off function
(page 30). The unit will shut off
completely and automatically in the set
time after the unit is turned off, which
prevents battery drain. If you do not set
the Auto Off function, press and hold
 until the display
disappears each time you turn the
ignition off.
Table of contents
Getting Started . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Notes on Bluetooth function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Canceling the DEMO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Setting the clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Detaching the front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Location of controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Main unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
RM-X231 Remote commander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Storing and receiving stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
RDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Playing a disc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
USB devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Playing back a USB device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
iPod. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Playing back iPod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Operating an iPod directly — Passenger control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
App Remote via USB (iPhone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Two-way Music Control with iPhone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Searching and playing tracks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Playing tracks in various modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Searching a track by name — Quick-BrowZer™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Searching a track by listening to track passages — ZAPPIN™. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Connecting Bluetooth devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Bluetooth operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Handsfree calling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Music streaming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Initializing Bluetooth Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
App Remote via Bluetooth wireless technology (Android phone) . . . . . . . . . 26
Two-way Music Control with Android phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3
Sound Settings and Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Enjoying sophisticated sound functions — Advanced Sound Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Adjusting setup items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Using optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Auxiliary audio equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Additional Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
4
Radio frequency exposure
Getting Started
Notes on Bluetooth
function
Caution
IN NO EVENT SHALL SONY BE LIABLE
FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR OTHER
DAMAGES INCLUDING, WITHOUT
LIMITATION, LOSS OF PROFITS, LOSS OF
REVENUE, LOSS OF DATA, LOSS OF USE
OF THE PRODUCT OR ANY ASSOCIATED
EQUIPMENT, DOWNTIME, AND
PURCHASER’S TIME RELATED TO OR
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
PRODUCT, ITS HARDWARE AND/OR ITS
SOFTWARE.
IMPORTANT NOTICE!
Safe and efficient use
Changes or modifications to this unit not
expressly approved by Sony may void the
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Please check for exceptions, due to national
requirement or limitations, in usage of
Bluetooth equipment before using this
product.
Driving
Check the laws and regulations on the use of
cellular phones and handsfree equipment in
the areas where you drive.
Always give full attention to driving and pull
off the road and park before making or
answering a call if driving conditions so
require.
RF signals may affect improperly installed or
inadequately shielded electronic systems in
cars, such as electronic fuel injection systems,
electronic antiskid (antilock) braking systems,
electronic speed control systems or air bag
systems. For installation or service of this
device, please consult with the manufacturer
or its representative of your car. Faulty
installation or service may be dangerous and
may invalidate any warranty that may apply to
this device.
Consult with the manufacturer of your car to
ensure that the use of your cellular phone in
the car will not affect its electronic system.
Check regularly that all wireless device
equipment in your car is mounted and
operating properly.
Emergency calls
This Bluetooth car handsfree and the
electronic device connected to the handsfree
operate using radio signals, cellular, and
landline networks as well as user-programmed
function, which cannot guarantee connection
under all conditions.
Therefore do not rely solely upon any
electronic device for essential communications
(such as medical emergencies).
Remember, in order to make or receive calls,
the handsfree and the electronic device
connected to the handsfree must be switched
on in a service area with adequate cellular
signal strength.
Emergency calls may not be possible on all
cellular phone networks or when certain
network services and/or phone features are in
use.
Check with your local service provider.
Connecting to other devices
When connecting to any other device, please
read its user guide for detailed safety
instructions.
5
Canceling the DEMO
mode
You can cancel the demonstration display
which appears while this unit is turned off.
1
Press , rotate the control dial
until “DISPLAY” appears, then press
it.
2
Rotate the control dial until “DEMO”
appears, then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial to select
“DEMO-OFF,” then press it.
The setting is complete.
4
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
The display returns to normal reception/
play mode.
Setting the clock
The clock uses a 12-hour digital indication.
1
Press , rotate the control dial
until “GENERAL” appears, then press
it.
2
Rotate the control dial until “CLOCKADJ” appears, then press it.
The hour indication flashes.
3
Rotate the control dial to set the hour
and minute.
To move the digital indication, press
 +/–.
4
After setting the minute, press
.
The setup is complete and the clock
starts.
To display the clock, press .
6
Detaching the front panel
You can detach the front panel of this unit
to prevent theft.
1
Press and hold  .
The unit is turned off.
2
Press the front panel release button ,
then remove the panel by pulling it
towards you.
Caution alarm
If you turn the ignition switch to the OFF
position without detaching the front panel,
the caution alarm will sound for a few
seconds. The alarm will only sound if the
built-in amplifier is used.
Note
Do not subject the front panel to heat/high
temperature or moisture. Avoid leaving it in a
parked car or on a dashboard/rear tray.
Attaching the front panel
Engage part  of the front panel with part
 of the unit, as illustrated, and push the
left side into position until it clicks.
Location of controls
Main unit
This section contains instructions on the
location of controls and basic operations.
 SOURCE/OFF button*1
Press to turn on the power; select the
source (Radio/CD/USB/AUX/
Bluetooth audio/Bluetooth phone).
Press repeatedly to change to another
source.
Press and hold for 1 second to turn off
the power.
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds
to turn off the power and the display
disappears.
 SEEK +/– buttons
Radio:
To tune in stations automatically
(press); find a station manually (press
and hold).
CD/USB:
To skip a track (press); skip tracks
continuously (press, then press again
within about 2 seconds and hold);
reverse/fast-forward a track (press and
hold).
Bluetooth Audio*2:
To skip a track (press); reverse/fastforward a track (press and hold).
App Remote*3:
To skip a track (press).
 CALL button page 19
To enter the call menu (press); switch
the Bluetooth signal (press and hold
more than 2 seconds); receive/end a call
(press).
 Control dial/ENTER/MENU/APP
button page 15, 27, 30
Rotate to adjust volume.
Press to enter setup mode.
Press to receive/end a call.
Press and hold for more than 2 seconds
to establish App Remote.
After pressing , rotate
then press to change the source.
 Receptor for the remote
commander
 Disc slot
Insert the disc (label side up), playback
starts.
7
 Display window
  (Eject) button
To eject the disc.
 USB port page 12, 13, 15

(BACK)/MODE button page 10,
14, 23
Press to return to the previous display;
select the radio band (FM/MW/SW).
Press and hold to enter/cancel the
passenger control (iPod).
Press to activate/deactivate the
appropriate device (this unit/cellular
phone) (Bluetooth phone).
 Front panel release button page 6

(BROWSE) button page 17
To enter the Quick-BrowZer™ mode
(CD/USB).
 PTY (Program Type) button page 11
To select PTY in RDS.
 Number buttons
Radio:
To receive stored stations (press); store
stations (press and hold).
CD/USB:
/: ALBUM / (during MP3/
WMA/AAC playback)
To skip an album (press); skip
albums continuously (press and
hold).
:
(Repeat)*4 page 16
: SHUF page 16
: ZAP page 18
: PAUSE
To pause playback. Press again to
resume playback.
Bluetooth Audio*2:
/: ALBUM /
:
(Repeat)*4 page 25
: SHUF page 25
: PAUSE
To pause playback. Press again to
resume playback.
8
Bluetooth phone: page 23, 24
To call a stored phone number (press);
to store a phone number as a preset
(press and hold) (in the call menu).
: MIC (during a call) page 23
To set the MIC gain (press); to
select Echo Canceler/Noise
Canceler mode (press and hold).
App Remote*3:
: PAUSE
To pause playback. Press again to
resume playback.
 DSPL (Display)/SCRL (Scroll) button
page 10, 12, 13, 14, 21, 25
To change display items (press); scroll a
display item (press and hold).
 AUX input jack page 33
 Microphone (on the inner panel)
To make the handsfree function work
properly, do not cover the microphone
with tape, etc.
*1 If App Remote is established with iPhone/
Android™ phone, the application name
appears on the display when selecting the
source.
*2 When a Bluetooth audio device (supports
AVRCP of Bluetooth technology) is
connected. Depending on the device, certain
operations may not be available.
*3 When App Remote is established with
iPhone/Android phone. Depending on the
application, certain operations may not be
available.
*4 This button has a tactile dot.
Note
If the unit is turned off and the display
disappears, the unit cannot be operated with the
remote commander unless  on
the unit is pressed, or a disc is inserted to activate
the unit first.
RM-X231 Remote
commander

(BACK) button
To return to the previous display.
 ENTER button
To apply a setting; receive a call; end a
call.
 PTY (Program Type) button
 VOL (Volume) +*2/– button
 CALL button
To enter the call menu.
To receive/end a call.
 MODE button
Press to select the radio band (FM/MW/
SW).
Press and hold to enter/cancel the
passenger control (iPod).
Press to activate/deactivate the
appropriate device (this unit/cellular
phone) (Bluetooth phone).
Remove the insulation film before use.
 SOUND/MENU button
To enter the SOUND menu directly
(press); to enter setup mode (press and
hold).

 OFF button
To turn off the power; stop the source;
reject a call.
 SOURCE button*1
Press to turn on the power.
Press repeatedly to change to another
source (Radio/CD/USB/AUX/
Bluetooth audio/Bluetooth phone).
  ()/ () buttons
To control Radio/CD/USB/Bluetooth
audio/App Remote, the same as
 +/– on the unit.
Setup items can be operated by  .
After pressing , press 
 to change the source.
(BROWSE) button
  (+)/ (–) buttons
To control CD/USB/Bluetooth audio
device, the same as / (ALBUM
/) on the unit.
Setup items can be operated by  .
 DSPL (Display)/SCRL (Scroll) button
 Number buttons
To receive stored stations (press); store
stations (press and hold).
To call a stored phone number (press);
to store a phone number as a preset
(press and hold) (in the call menu)
(Bluetooth phone).
To pause playback (press ).
*1 If App Remote is established with iPhone/
Android phone, the application name appears
on the display when selecting the source.
*2 This button has a tactile dot.
9
Storing manually
Radio
1
Storing and receiving
stations
While receiving the station that you
want to store, press and hold a number
button ( to ) until “MEM”
appears.
Caution
When tuning in stations while driving, use
Best Tuning Memory (BTM) to prevent an
accident.
Receiving the stored stations
Storing automatically — BTM
Tuning automatically
1
Press  repeatedly until
“TUNER” appears.
To change the band, press 
repeatedly. You can select from FM1,
FM2, FM3, MW, SW1 or SW2.
2
Press , rotate the control dial
until “GENERAL” appears, then press
it.
3
Rotate the control dial until “BTM”
appears, then press it.
The unit stores stations in order of
frequency on the number buttons.
Tip
You can also press , rotate the
control dial to select “TUNER,” then press it to
select the source.
1
1
Select the band, then press a number
button ( to ).
Select the band, then press  +/–
to search for the station.
Scanning stops when the unit receives a
station. Repeat this procedure until the
desired station is received.
Tip
If you know the frequency of the station you want
to listen to, press and hold  +/– to locate
the approximate frequency, then press
 +/– repeatedly to fine adjust to the
desired frequency (manual tuning).
RDS
FM stations with Radio Data System (RDS)
service send inaudible digital information
along with the regular radio program signal.
Notes
• Depending on the country/region, not all RDS
functions may be available.
• RDS will not work if the signal strength is too
weak, or if the station you are tuned to is not
transmitting RDS data.
Changing display items
Press .
10
Selecting PTY (Program Types)
Setting CT (Clock Time)
Use PTY to display or search for a desired
program type.
The CT data from the RDS transmission
sets the clock.
1
2
Press  during FM reception.
The current program type name appears
if the station is transmitting PTY data.
1
Rotate the control dial until the desired
program type appears, then press it.
The unit starts to search for a station
broadcasting the selected program type.
The CT function may not work properly even
though an RDS station is being received.
Set “CT-ON” in setup (page 30).
Note
Type of programs
NEWS (News), AFFAIRS (Current Affairs),
INFO (Information), SPORT (Sports),
EDUCATE (Education), DRAMA (Drama),
CULTURE (Culture), SCIENCE (Science),
VARIED (Varied), POP M (Pop Music),
ROCK M (Rock Music), EASY M (M.O.R.
Music), LIGHT M (Light classical),
CLASSICS (Serious classical), OTHER M
(Other Music), WEATHER (Weather),
FINANCE (Finance), CHILDREN
(Children’s program), SOCIAL A (Social
Affairs), RELIGION (Religion), PHONE IN
(Phone In), TRAVEL (Travel), LEISURE
(Leisure), JAZZ (Jazz Music), COUNTRY
(Country Music), NATION M (National
Music), OLDIES (Oldies Music), FOLK M
(Folk Music), DOCUMENT (Documentary)
Note
You may receive a different radio program from
the one you select.
11
CD
Playing a disc
This unit can play CD-DA (also containing
CD TEXT) and CD-R/CD-RW (MP3/
WMA/AAC files (page 34)).
1
Insert the disc (label side up).
Playback starts automatically.
To eject the disc, press .
Notes
• When ejecting/inserting a disc, keep any USB
devices disconnected to avoid damage to the
disc.
• Corresponding codec is MP3 (.mp3), WMA
(.wma) and AAC (.m4a).
Changing display items
Press .
Displayed items may differ depending on
the disc type, recording format and settings.
USB devices
• MSC (Mass Storage Class)-type USB
devices (such as a USB flash drive, digital
media player, Android phone) compliant
with the USB standard can be used.
Depending on the digital media player or
Android phone, setting the USB
connection mode to MSC is required.
• Backup of data to a USB device is
recommended.
Notes
• Connect the USB device after starting the
engine.
Depending on the USB device, malfunction or
damage may occur if it is connected before
starting the engine.
• Corresponding codec is MP3 (.mp3), WMA
(.wma), AAC (.m4a) and AAC (.mp4).
• For details on the compatibility of your USB
device, visit the support site (page 42).
Playing back a USB device
1
Open the USB cover, then connect the
USB device to the USB port.
Playback starts.
If a USB device is already connected, to start
playback, press  repeatedly
until “USB” appears.
To stop playback, press and hold
 for 1 second.
12
To remove the USB device, stop the USB
playback, then remove the USB device.
Notes
• Do not use USB devices so large or heavy that
they may fall down due to vibration, or cause a
loose connection.
• Do not detach the front panel during playback
of the USB device, otherwise USB data may be
damaged.
Changing display items
Press .
Displayed items may differ depending on
the USB device, recording format and
settings.
iPod
In these Operating Instructions, “iPod” is
used as a general reference for the iPod
functions on the iPod and iPhone, unless
otherwise specified by the text or
illustrations.
For details on the compatibility of your
iPod, see “About iPod” (page 34) or visit the
support site (page 42).
Notes
• The maximum number of tracks is 10,000.
• It may take time for playback to begin,
depending on the amount of recorded data.
• During playback or fast-forward/reverse of a
VBR (Variable Bit Rate) MP3/WMA/AAC file,
elapsed playing time may not display
accurately.
• Playback of the following MP3/WMA/AAC
files is not supported.
– lossless compression files
– copyright-protected files
– DRM (Digital Rights Management) files
– Multi-channel audio files
Playing back iPod
Before connecting the iPod, turn down the
volume of the unit.
1
Open the USB cover, then connect the
iPod to the USB port with a USB
connection cable for iPod (not
supplied)*.
* RC-100IP USB connection cable for iPod is
recommended.
The tracks on the iPod start playing
automatically from the point last played.
If an iPod is already connected, to start
playback, press 
repeatedly until “USB” appears. (“IPD”
appears in the display when iPod is
recognized.)
To stop playback, press and hold
 for 1 second.
To remove the iPod, stop the iPod playback,
then remove the iPod.
13
Caution for iPhone
When you connect iPhone via USB, phone call
volume is controlled by iPhone, not the unit. Do
not inadvertently increase the volume on the unit
during a call, as sudden loud sound may result
when the call ends.
You can operate an iPod directly even when
it is connected to the unit.
1
Note
Do not detach the front panel during playback of
the iPod, otherwise data may be damaged.
Tip
The iPod is recharged while the unit is turned on.
Resuming mode
When the iPod is connected to the unit,
playback starts in the mode set by the iPod.
In this mode, the following buttons do not
function.
–  ( )
–  (SHUF)
Changing display items
Press .
Note
Some letters stored in iPod may not be displayed
correctly.
Skipping albums, podcasts,
genres, playlists and artists
14
Operating an iPod directly
— Passenger control
To
Do this
Skip
Press / (ALBUM /
) [press once for each
skip]
Skip
continuously
Press and hold /
(ALBUM /)
[hold to desired point]
During playback, press and hold
.
“MODE IPOD” appears and you will be
able to operate the iPod directly.
To exit the passenger control, press and
hold .
“MODE AUDIO” will appear and direct
operation of the iPod will not be possible.
Note
The volume can be adjusted only by the unit.
App Remote via USB
(iPhone)
Downloading the “App Remote”
application from App StoreSM is required for
iPhone.
If the application is downloaded to iPhone
and connected to the unit, the following
features are available:
– Operate the unit to launch and control
compatible applications on iPhone.
– Operate iPhone with simple finger
gestures to control the source of the unit.
– Display detailed source information (song
title, artist name, album art, etc.) on
iPhone.
Available operations differ depending on
the application. For details on available
applications, visit the support site (page 42).
Notes
• For your safety, follow your local traffic laws
and regulations, and do not operate the
application while driving.
• The “App Remote” application via USB is only
available for iPhones with iOS 5 installed.
Two-way Music Control
with iPhone
1
Open the USB cover, then connect
iPhone to the USB port with a USB
connection cable for iPhone (not
supplied)*.
* RC-100IP USB connection cable for iPhone
is recommended.
2
3
Start up the “App Remote” application.
Press and hold  (APP) on the
unit for more than 2 seconds.
Connection to iPhone starts.
When connection is established, the
name of the application on iPhone
appears when selecting a source, and
some playback operations for the
application become available. (Available
operations differ depending on the
application.) Likewise, some playback
operations of the unit can be controlled
by iPhone. For details on the operations
on iPhone, see the help of the
application.
Tip
You can also press , rotate the control
dial to select “APP REM,” then press it to
establish the connection. And then press
 to select the source.
To terminate connection
Press and hold .
15
Shuffle play
Searching and
playing tracks
Select
To play
SHUF ALBUM
album in random
order.
Playing tracks in various
modes
SHUF DISC*2
You can listen to tracks repeatedly (repeat
play) or in random order (shuffle play).
Available play modes differ depending on
the selected sound source.
1
During playback, press  ( ) or
 (SHUF) repeatedly until the
desired play mode appears.
Playback in selected play mode may take
time to start.
Select
To play
track repeatedly.
TRACK
album repeatedly.
ALBUM
PODCAST*
podcast repeatedly.
ARTIST*
artist repeatedly.
1
1
PLAYLIST*
playlist repeatedly.
GENRE*
genre repeatedly.
1
OFF
16
SHUF PODCAST* podcast in random
order.
SHUF ARTIST*1
track in normal order
(Normal play).
artist in random order.
SHUF PLAYLIST*1 playlist in random
order.
SHUF GENRE*1
genre in random order.
SHUF DEVICE*
device in random
order.
SHUF OFF
track in normal order
(Normal play).
3
*1 iPod only
Repeat play
1
disc in random order.
1
*2 CD only
*3 USB and iPod only
Searching a track by
name — Quick-BrowZer™
You can search for a track in a CD or USB
device easily by category.
1
Press
(BROWSE)*.
The unit enters the Quick-BrowZer
mode, and the list of search categories
appears.
When the track list appears, press
(BACK) repeatedly until the desired
search category appears.
* During USB playback, press
(BROWSE)
for more than 2 seconds to directly return to
the beginning of the category list.
2
3
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired search category, then press it to
confirm.
3
Press  (ENTER).
The display returns to the QuickBrowZer mode and the selected item
appears.
4
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired item and press it.
Playback starts if the selected item is a
track.
To cancel Jump mode, press
 –.
(BACK) or
Searching by alphabetical
order — Alphabet search
When an iPod is connected to the unit, you
can search for a desired item alphabetically.
1
Press  + in Quick-BrowZer
mode.
2
Rotate the control dial to select the first
letter of the desired item, then press it.
A list of items beginning with the
selected letter appears in alphabetical
order.
3
Rotate the control dial to select the
desired item, then press it.
Playback starts if the selected item is a
track.
Repeat step 2 until the desired track is
selected.
Playback starts.
To exit the Quick-BrowZer mode, press
(BROWSE).
Notes
• When entering the Quick-BrowZer mode, the
repeat/shuffle setting is canceled.
•“
” lights up when there is an upper layer,
and “
” lights up when there is a lower layer.
Searching by skip items
— Jump mode
When many items are in a category, you can
search for a desired item quickly.
1
Press  + in Quick-BrowZer
mode.
The item name will appear.
2
Rotate the control dial to select the
item near the one desired.
The list is skipped in steps of 10% of the
total number of items in the list.
To cancel Alphabet search, press
(BACK) or  –.
Notes
• In Alphabet search, a symbol or article (a/an/
the) before the selected letter of the item is
excluded.
• Depending on the search item you select, only
Jump mode may be available.
• Alphabet search may take some time,
depending on the number of tracks.
17
Searching a track by
listening to track
passages — ZAPPIN™
By playing back short track passages in a
CD or USB device in sequence, you can
search for a track you want to listen to.
ZAPPIN mode is suitable for searching for a
track in shuffle or shuffle repeat mode.
1
Press  (ZAP) during playback.
Playback starts from a passage of the
next track. You can select the playback
time (page 30).
Track
 pressed.
2
The part of each track to play
back in ZAPPIN mode.
Press  (ENTER) or  (ZAP)
when a track you want to listen is
played back.
The track that you select returns to
normal play mode from the beginning.
Pressing
(BACK) will also play back
the chosen track.
Tips
• Press  +/– in ZAPPIN mode to skip a
track.
• Press / (ALBUM /) in ZAPPIN
mode to skip an album.
Connecting
Bluetooth devices
Bluetooth operations
The Bluetooth function allows for handsfree
calling and music streaming via this unit.
To use the Bluetooth function, the following
procedure is necessary.
 Pairing
When connecting Bluetooth devices for
the first time, mutual registration is
required. This is called “pairing.”
Registration is required only for the first
time, as this unit and the other devices
will recognize each other automatically
thereafter.
 Connection
To use the device after pairing is made,
start the connection. Sometimes pairing
allows for connection automatically.
 Handsfree calling/Music streaming
You can make/receive handsfree calls
and listen to music when the connection
is made.
If pairing is not possible, your device may
not be compatible with this unit. For details
on compatible devices, visit the support site
(page 42).
Installing the microphone
To improve audio quality while talking
through this unit, you need to install the
microphone (not supplied).
For details on how to connect the
microphone, refer to the supplied
“Installation/Connections” guide.
18
Operating the Bluetooth
functions
1
Press .
The call menu appears.
2
Rotate the control dial until the desired
item appears, then press it.
3
Press
(BACK)*.
The source returns to the Bluetooth
phone.
* For PAIRING, REDIAL, VOICE DIAL and BT
SIGNL settings, step 3 is not necessary.
The following items can be set:
PAIRING*1 (page 19)
Pairing
The Bluetooth device (cellular phone, audio
device, etc.) and this unit need to be
“paired” before use between each other via
the Bluetooth function.
Tips
• For details on pairing for a Bluetooth device,
refer to the operating instructions supplied with
the device.
• You can pair up to 9 Bluetooth devices with this
unit.
1
Place the Bluetooth device within 1 m
(3 ft) of this unit.
2
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “PAIRING” appears, then
press it.
The unit enters pairing standby mode.
PHONEBOOK (page 22)
REDIAL (page 23)
RECENT CALL (page 22)
VOICE DIAL (page 24)
DIAL NUMBER (page 23)
RINGTONE*1*2
Selects whether this unit or the
connected cellular phone outputs the
ringtone: “1 (this unit)”- “2 (cellular
phone).”
AUTO ANS*1 (Auto Answer)
Sets this unit to answer an incoming call
automatically: “OFF”-“1 (about 3
seconds)”-“2 (about 10 seconds).”
Flashing
3
Set the Bluetooth device to search for
this unit.
A list of detected devices appears in the
display of the device to be connected.
This unit is displayed as “Sony
Automotive” on the device to be
connected.
BT SIGNL*1 (Bluetooth Signal) (page 20, 21)
BT INIT*3 (Bluetooth Initialize) (page 26)
*1 You can also select these items by pressing
 and rotating the control dial to
select “BT.”
*2 Depending on the cellular phone, this unit’s
ringtone may be output even if set to “2
(cellular phone).”
*3 Appears on the setup menu when the unit is
turned off.
19
4
If passkey* input is required in the
display of the device to be connected,
input “0000.”
If the device supports Bluetooth version
2.1, passkey input is not required.
* Passkey may be called “passcode,” “PIN
code,” “PIN number” or “Password,” etc.,
depending on the device.
Tip
Connection between this unit and the Bluetooth
device may be automatic, depending on the
device.
Canceling pairing
Perform step 2 to cancel the pairing mode
after this unit and the Bluetooth device are
paired.
Input passkey
“0000”
Connection
This unit and the Bluetooth device
memorize each other’s information, and
when pairing is made, stays lit.
The unit is ready for connection to the
device.
To use the device after pairing is made, start
the connection. Sometimes pairing allows
for connection automatically.
If pairing has already been achieved, start
operation from here.
Note
If “ ” continues to flash, the Bluetooth
device may not be compatible with this unit.
For details on compatible devices, visit the
support site (page 42).
5
Select this unit on the Bluetooth device
to be connected.
“ ” or “ ” appears when the
connection is made.
Connecting a cellular phone
1
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “BT SIGNL” appears, then
press it.
“ ” lights up when Bluetooth signal is
activated.
Notes
20
• While connecting to a Bluetooth device, this
unit cannot be detected from another device.
To enable detection, enter the pairing mode and
search for this unit from another device.
• It may take time to search or connect.
• Depending on the device, the confirmation
display of the connection appears before
inputting the passkey.
• The time limit for inputting the passkey differs
depending on the device. If the time expires,
perform the pairing procedure from the
beginning again.
• This unit cannot be connected to a device that
supports only HSP (Head Set Profile).
Note
When the Bluetooth signal for this unit is
already ON, selecting “BT SIGNL” deactivates
the Bluetooth signal.
Tip
You can also output the Bluetooth signal from
this unit by pressing and holding  on
this unit more than 2 seconds.
2
3
Turn on the cellular phone and activate
the Bluetooth signal.
Connect to this unit using the cellular
phone.
“ ” appears when the connection is
made. If you select the Bluetooth phone
source after the connection is made, the
network name and the connected
cellular phone name appear in the
display.
Tip
With Bluetooth signal on: when the ignition is
turned to on, this unit reconnects automatically
to the last-connected cellular phone. But
automatic connection also depends on the
cellular phone’s specification. If automatic
connection is not made, connect manually.
Connecting an audio device
1
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “BT SIGNL” appears, then
press it.
“ ” lights up when Bluetooth signal is
activated.
2
Turn on the audio device and activate
the Bluetooth signal.
3
Connect to this unit using the audio
device.
“ ” appears when the connection is
made.
Icons in the display:
Signal strength status of
connected cellular phone.*
Remaining battery status of
connected cellular phone.*
* Turns off without handsfree connection.
Differs depending on the cellular phone.
Changing display items
Press .
Connecting the last-connected cellular
phone from this unit
1
Make sure the Bluetooth signal of the
cellular phone is activated.
2
Press  repeatedly until “BT
PHONE” appears.
3
Press  (ENTER).
“ ” flashes while the connection is
being made, then stays lit while
connected.
Notes
• Some cellular phones require permission to
access their phonebook data during handsfree
connection to this unit. Obtain permission via
the cellular phone.
• While streaming Bluetooth audio, you cannot
connect from this unit to the cellular phone.
Connect from the cellular phone to this unit
instead. A connecting noise may be heard over
playback sound.
Connecting the last-connected audio
device from this unit
1
Make sure the Bluetooth signal of the audio
device is activated.
2
Press  repeatedly until “BT
AUDIO” appears.
3
Press  (PAUSE).
“ ” flashes while the connection is
being made, then stays lit while
connected.
21
Handsfree calling
Once the unit is connected to the cellular
phone, you can make/receive handsfree
calls by operating this unit.
Before handsfree calling, check the
following:
 Make sure that “ ” and “ ” appear in
the display.
 If “ ” and “ ” do not appear, perform
the connection procedure (page 20).
 If you cannot connect this unit and the
cellular phone via the Bluetooth
function, perform the pairing procedure
(page 19).
Calling from the phonebook
When connecting to a cellular phone
supporting PBAP (Phone Book Access
Profile), you can access the phonebook, and
make a call.
1
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “PHONEBOOK” appears,
then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial to select an
initial from the initial list, and then
press it.
3
Rotate the control dial to select a name
from the name list, and then press it.
4
Rotate the control dial to select a
number from the number list, and then
press it.
The phone call starts.
Note
Receiving calls
When receiving a call, a ringtone is output
from your car speakers or the connected
cellular phone. The caller’s name or phone
number appears in the display.
1
Press  when a call is received
with a ringtone.
The phone call starts.
Notes
• Depending on the cellular phone, the caller’s
name may appear.
• The ringtone and talker’s voice are output only
from the front speakers.
Rejecting a call
Press and hold  for 1
second.
Ending a call
Press  again.
22
Depending on the cellular phone, contacts
displayed on the unit may differ from the
phonebook of the cellular phone.
Calling from the call history
When connecting to a cellular phone
supporting PBAP (Phone Book Access
Profile), you can access to the call history
stored in the cellular phone, and make a
call.
1
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “RECENT CALL” appears,
then press it.
A list of the call history appears.
2
Rotate the control dial to select a name
or phone number from the call history,
then press it.
The phone call starts.
Calling by phone number
input
Operations during a call
1
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “DIAL NUMBER” appears,
then press it.
Presetting the volume of the ringtone
and talker’s voice
You can preset the volume level of the
ringtone and talker’s voice.
2
Rotate the control dial to enter the
phone number, and lastly select “ ”
(space), then press  (ENTER)*.
The phone call starts.
To adjust the ringtone volume:
Rotate the control dial while receiving a call.
Ringtone volume can be adjusted.
* To move the digital indication, press
 –/+.
Note
“_” appears instead of “#” on the display.
To adjust the talker’s voice volume:
Rotate the control dial during a call. The
talker’s voice volume can be adjusted.
Note
If the Bluetooth phone source is selected, rotating
the control dial will only adjust the talker’s
volume.
Calling by preset number
You can store up to 6 contacts in the preset
dial. For details on how to store, see “Preset
dial” (page 24).
1
Press , rotate the
control dial until “BT PHONE”
appears, then press it.
2
Press a number button ( to ) to
select the contact you want to call.
3
Press  (ENTER).
The phone call starts.
Calling by redial
1
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “REDIAL” appears, then
press it.
The phone call starts.
Mic gain adjustment
You can adjust the volume for the other
party. Press  (MIC) to adjust the volume
levels (“MIC-LOW,” “MIC-MID,” “MICHI”).
EC/NC Mode (Echo Canceler/Noise
Canceler Mode)
You can reduce echo and noise.
Press and hold  (MIC) to set to “EC/
NC-1” or “EC/NC-2.”
Call transfer
In order to activate/deactivate the
appropriate device (this unit/cellular
phone), press  or use your cellular
phone.
Notes
• For details on cellular phone operation, refer to
your cellular phone manual.
• Depending on the cellular phone, handsfree
connection may be cut off when call transfer is
attempted.
23
Preset dial
You can store up to 6 contacts in the preset
dial.
Notes
• If your cellular phone supports PBAP (Phone
Book Access Profile), you can select a phone
number from the phonebook or call history.
• Disconnecting the power supply lead will erase
all the contacts in the preset dial.
1
Select a phone number that you want to
store in the preset dial, from the
phonebook, call history* or by
inputting the phone number directly.
The phone number appears in the
display of this unit.
* For the call history, you can also select from
the caller name. In this case, the caller name
appears in the display of this unit.
2
Press and hold a number button (
to ) to select the preset number to
store until “MEM” appears.
The contact is stored in the selected
preset number.
Voice dial activation
Notes
• Check that the unit and cellular phone are
connected beforehand.
• Store a voice tag on your cellular phone
beforehand.
• If you activate voice dialing with a cellular
phone connected to this unit, this function may
not always work in some cases.
• Voice dialing may not work in some situations,
depending on the effectiveness of the cellular
phone’s recognition function. For details, see
the support site (page 42).
Tip
Store voice tags while seated in the car, via this
unit with “BT PHONE” source selected.
SMS indicator
While connecting a cellular phone to this
unit, the SMS indicator informs you of any
incoming or unread SMS messages.
If you receive a new SMS message, the SMS
indicator flashes.
If there are any unread SMS messages, the
SMS indicator stays lit.
You can activate voice dialing with a cellular
phone connected to this unit by saying the
voice tag stored on the cellular phone, then
make a call.
24
1
Press  and rotate the control
dial until “VOICE DIAL” appears, then
press it.
2
Say the voice tag stored on the cellular
phone.
Your voice is recognized, and the call is
made.
Note
Function of the SMS indicator may depend on
the cellular phone.
Music streaming
5
Rotate the control dial to adjust the input
level (“+18dB” – “0dB” – “– 8dB”), then
press it.
6
Press
(BACK) to return to the previous
display.
Listening to music from an
audio device
You can listen to music from an audio
device on this unit if the audio device
supports A2DP (Advanced Audio
Distribution Profile) of Bluetooth
technology.
Operating an audio device
with this unit
You can perform the following operations
on this unit if the audio device supports
AVRCP (Audio Video Remote Control
Profile) of Bluetooth technology. (The
operation differs depending on the audio
device.)
To
Do this
Skip albums
Press / (ALBUM /)
[press once for each album]
Press  repeatedly until
“BT AUDIO” appears.
Repeat play
Press  (REP)*1
Shuffle play
Press  (SHUF)*1
3
Operate the audio device to start
playback.
Play
Press  (PAUSE)*2 on
this unit.
4
Adjust the volume on this unit.
Pause
Press  (PAUSE)*2 on
this unit.
Skip tracks
Press  –/+ (/
) [press once for each
track]
Reverse/
Fast-forward
Press and hold  –/+
(/) [hold to
desired point]
1
2
Turn down the volume on this unit.
Note
“BT AUDIO” does not appear in the display
while running the “App Remote” application via
the Bluetooth function.
Changing display items
Press .
*1 Press repeatedly until the desired setting
appears.
Adjusting the volume level
*2 Depending on the device, it may be necessary
to press twice.
The volume level is adjustable for any
difference between the unit and the
Bluetooth audio device.
Operations other than the above should be
performed on the audio device.
1
Start playback of the Bluetooth audio device
at a moderate volume.
2
3
Set your usual listening volume on the unit.
4
Press , rotate the control dial until
“SOUND” appears, then press it.
Rotate the control dial until “BTA VOL”
appears, then press it.
Notes
• Depending on the audio device, information,
such as title, track number/time, playback
status, etc., may not be displayed on this unit.
The information is displayed during Bluetooth
audio playback only.
25
• Even if the source is changed on this unit,
playback of the audio device does not stop.
Initializing Bluetooth
Settings
You can initialize all the Bluetooth related
settings (pairing information, preset
number, device information, etc.) from this
unit.
1
Press and hold  for 1
second to turn off the power.
2
Press , rotate the control dial
until “BT” appears, then press it.
The menu list appears.
3
Rotate the control dial to select “BT
INIT,” then press it.
The confirmation appears.
4
Rotate the control dial to select “INITYES,” then press it.
“INITIAL” flashes while initializing the
Bluetooth settings; “COMPLETE”
appears when initializing has finished.
5
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
Note
When disposing of this unit, preset numbers
should be deleted with “BT INIT.”
26
App Remote via
Bluetooth wireless
technology (Android
phone)
Downloading the “App Remote”
application from Google Play is required for
Android phone.
If the application is downloaded to an
Android phone and connected to the unit,
the following features are available:
– Operate the unit to launch and control
compatible applications on Android
phone.
– Operate Android phone with simple
finger gestures to control the source of the
unit.
– Display detailed source information (song
title, artist name, album art, etc.) on
Android phone.
– Read out incoming text messages/SMS
automatically.
Available operations differ depending on
the application. For details on available
applications, visit the support site (page 42).
Notes
• For your safety, follow your local traffic laws
and regulations, and do not operate the
application while driving.
• The “App Remote” application via the
Bluetooth function is only available for Android
phones with Android 2.1, 2.2, 2.3 or 4.0
installed.
• Automatic reading of the SMS function is only
available for Android phones with TTS Engine
installed.
Two-way Music Control
with Android phone
Before connecting the mobile device, turn
down the volume of the unit.
1
Connect this unit and the mobile
device via the Bluetooth function
(page 18).
2
3
Start up the “App Remote” application.
Press and hold  (APP) on the
unit for more than 2 seconds.
Connection to the mobile device starts.
When connection is established, the
name of the application on the mobile
device appears when selecting a source,
and some playback operations for the
application become available. (Available
operations differ depending on the
application.)
Likewise, some playback operations of
the unit can be controlled by the mobile
device. For details on the operations on
the mobile device, see the help of the
application.
Sound Settings and
Setup Menu
Enjoying sophisticated
sound functions —
Advanced Sound Engine
Advanced Sound Engine creates an ideal incar sound field with digital signal
processing.
Selecting the sound quality
— EQ7 Preset
You can select an equalizer curve from 7
equalizer curves (XPLOD, VOCAL, EDGE,
CRUISE, SPACE, GRAVITY, CUSTOM or
OFF).
1
During reception/playback, press
, rotate the control dial until
“SOUND” appears, then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until “EQ7
PRESET” appears, then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial until the desired
equalizer curve appears, then press it.
4
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
Note
When the mobile device is connected, the device
number may appear. Make sure that the same
numbers are displayed (e.g., 123456) in this unit
and the mobile device, then press  on
this unit and select “Yes” on the mobile device.
Tip
You can also press , rotate the control
dial to select “APP REM,” then press it to
establish the connection. And then press
 to select the source.
To cancel the equalizer curve, select “OFF”
in step 3.
Tip
The equalizer curve setting can be memorized for
each source.
To terminate connection
Press and hold .
27
Customizing the equalizer
curve — EQ7 Setting
“CUSTOM” of EQ7 allows you to make
your own equalizer settings.
1
After selecting a source, press ,
rotate the control dial until “SOUND”
appears, then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until “EQ7
SETTING” appears, then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial until “BASE”
appears, then press it.
You can select an equalizer curve as a
basis for further customizing.
4
Rotate the control dial to select the
equalizer curve, then press it.
5
Setting the equalizer curve.
 Rotate the control dial to select the
frequency range, then press it.
BAND1: 63 Hz
BAND2: 160 Hz
BAND3: 400 Hz
BAND4: 1 kHz
BAND5: 2.5 kHz
BAND6: 6.3 kHz
BAND7: 16.0 kHz
 Rotate the control dial to adjust the
volume level, then press it.
The volume level is adjustable in 1 dB
steps, from -6 dB to +6 dB.
Repeat steps  and  to adjust other
frequency ranges.
6
28
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
The equalizer curve is stored in
“CUSTOM.”
Optimizing sound by Time
Alignment — Listening
Position
The unit can simulate a natural sound field
by delaying the sound output from each
speaker to suit your position.
The options for “POSITION” are indicated
below.
FRONT L (): Front left
FRONT R (): Front right
FRONT (): Center front
ALL (): In the center of
your car
OFF: No position set
You can also set the approximate subwoofer
position from your listening position if:
– the audio output is set to “SUB-OUT”
(page 30).
– the listening position is set to other than
“OFF.”
The options for “SET SW POS” are
indicated below.
NEAR (): Near
NORMAL (): Normal
FAR (): Far
1
During reception/playback, press
, rotate the control dial until
“SOUND” appears, then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until
“POSITION” appears, then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial until “SET F/R
POS” appears, then press it.
4
Rotate the control dial to select from
“FRONT L,” “FRONT R,” “FRONT” or
“ALL,” then press it.
5
Rotate the control dial until “SET SW
POS” appears, then press it.
6
Rotate the control dial to select the
subwoofer position from “NEAR,”
“NORMAL” or “FAR,” then press it.
7
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
4
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
Tip
The DM+ setting can be memorized for each
source other than the tuner.
To cancel listening position, select “OFF” in
step 4.
Adjusting the listening
position
You can fine-tune the listening position
setting.
1
During reception/playback, press
, rotate the control dial until
“SOUND” appears, then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until
“POSITION” appears, then press it.
3
4
5
Rear Bass Enhancer enhances the bass
sound by applying a low pass filter setting
(page 31) to the rear speakers. This function
allows the rear speakers to work as a
subwoofer if one is not connected.
1
During reception/playback, press
, rotate the control dial until
“SOUND” appears, then press it.
Rotate the control dial until “ADJ
POSITION” appears, then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until “RB ENH”
appears, then press it.
Rotate the control dial to adjust the
listening position, then press it.
Adjustable range: “+3” – “CENTER” –
“–3.”
3
Rotate the control dial until “RBE
MODE” appears, then press it.
4
Rotate the control dial to select from
“1,” “2” or “3,” then press it.
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
5
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
DM+ Advanced
DM+ Advanced improves digitally
compressed sound by restoring high
frequencies lost in the compression process.
1
During playback, press , rotate
the control dial until “SOUND”
appears, then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until “DM+”
appears, then press it.
3
Using rear speakers as
subwoofer — Rear Bass
Enhancer
Rotate the control dial to select “ON,”
then press it.
Using a subwoofer without a
power amplifier —
Subwoofer Direct Connection
You can use the subwoofer without a power
amplifier when it is connected to the rear
speaker cord.
Note
Be sure to connect a 4 - 8 ohm subwoofer to
either of the rear speaker cords. Do not connect a
speaker to the other rear speaker cord.
29
1
During reception/playback, press
, rotate the control dial until
“SOUND” appears, then press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until “SW
DIREC” appears, then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial until “SW
MODE” appears, then press it.
4
Rotate the control dial to select “1,” “2”
or “3,” then press it.
5
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
For details on the settings for the subwoofer
phase, position, low pass filter frequency
and the low pass filter slope, see page 31.
Adjusting setup items
1
Press , rotate the control dial
until the desired category appears, then
press it.
2
Rotate the control dial until the desired
item appears, then press it.
3
Rotate the control dial to select the
setting, then press it.*
The setting is complete.
4
Press
(BACK) to return to the
previous display.
* For CLOCK-ADJ and BTM settings, step 4 is
not necessary.
BEEP
Activates the beep sound: “ON,” “OFF.”
AUTO OFF
Shuts off automatically after a desired
time when the unit is turned off: “NO,”
“30S (Seconds),” “30M (Minutes),” “60M
(Minutes).”
AUX-A*1*2 (AUX Audio)
Activates the AUX source display: “ON,”
“OFF” (page 33).
REAR/SUB*1
Switches the audio output: “SUB-OUT”
(subwoofer), “REAR-OUT” (power
amplifier).
CT (Clock Time)
Activates the CT function: “ON,” “OFF”
(page 11).
BTM*3 (page 10)
ZAPPIN*4
ZAP TIME (Zappin Time)
Selects the playback time for the
ZAPPIN function.
– “Z.TIME-1 (about 6 seconds),”
“Z.TIME-2 (about 15 seconds),”
“Z.TIME-3 (about 30 seconds).”
ZAP BEEP (Zappin Beep)
Applies a beep sound between track
passages: “ON,” “OFF.”
*1 When the unit is turned off.
*2 Does not appear in App Remote.
*3 When the tuner is selected.
*4 When the CD or USB is selected.
The following items can be set depending
on the source and setting:
GENERAL:
CLOCK-ADJ (Clock Adjust) (page 6)
CAUT ALM*1 (Caution Alarm)
Activates the caution alarm: “ON,”
“OFF” (page 6).
30
SOUND:
EQ7 PRESET (page 27)
EQ7 SETTING (page 28)
POSITION
SET F/R POS (Set Front/Rear Position)
(page 28)
ADJ POSITION*1 (Adjust Position)
(page 29)
SET SW POS*1 *2 (Set Subwoofer
Position) (page 28)
BALANCE
Adjusts the sound balance: “RIGHT-15”
– “CENTER” – “LEFT-15.”
FADER
Adjusts the relative level: “FRONT-15” –
“CENTER” – “REAR-15.”
DM+*3 (page 29)
LOUDNESS (Dynamic Loudness)
Reinforces bass and treble for clear
sound at low volume levels: “ON,”
“OFF.”
ALO (Automatic Level Optimizer)
Adjust the playback volume level of all
playback sources to the optimum level:
“ON,” “OFF.”
RB ENH*4 (Rear Bass Enhancer)
RBE MODE (Rear Bass Enhancer
Mode)
Selects the rear bass enhancer mode: “1,”
“2,” “3,” “OFF.”
LPF FREQ (Low Pass Filter Frequency)
Selects the subwoofer cut-off frequency:
“50Hz,” “60Hz,” “80Hz,” “100Hz,”
“120Hz.”
LPF SLOP (Low Pass Filter Slope)
Selects the LPF slope: “1,” “2,” “3.”
SW DIREC*5 (Subwoofer Direct
Connection)
SW MODE (Subwoofer Mode)
Selects the subwoofer mode: “1,” “2,” “3,”
“OFF.”
SW PHASE (Subwoofer Phase)
Selects the subwoofer phase: “NORM,”
“REV.”
SW POS*1 (Subwoofer Position)
(page 28)
Selects the subwoofer position: “NEAR,”
“NORMAL,” “FAR. ”
LPF FREQ (Low Pass Filter Frequency)
Selects the subwoofer cut-off frequency:
“50Hz,” “60Hz,” “80Hz,” “100Hz,”
“120Hz.”
LPF SLOP (Low Pass Filter Slope)
Selects the LPF slope: “1,” “2,” “3.”
S.WOOFER*2 (Subwoofer)
SW LEVEL (Subwoofer Level)
Adjusts the subwoofer volume level:
“+10 dB” – “0 dB” – “–10 dB.”
(“ATT” is displayed at the lowest
setting.)
SW PHASE (Subwoofer Phase)
Selects the subwoofer phase: “NORM,”
“REV.”
SW POS*1 (Subwoofer Position)
Selects the subwoofer position: “NEAR,”
“NORMAL,” “FAR. ”
LPF FREQ (Low Pass Filter Frequency)
Selects the subwoofer cut-off frequency:
“50Hz,” “60Hz,” “80Hz,” “100Hz,”
“120Hz.”
LPF SLOP (Low Pass Filter Slope)
Selects the LPF slope: “1,” “2,” “3.”
HPF (High Pass Filter)
HPF FREQ (High Pass Filter Frequency)
Selects the front/rear speaker cut-off
frequency: “OFF,” “50Hz,” “60Hz,”
“80Hz,” “100Hz,” “120Hz.”
HPF SLOP (High Pass Filter Slope)
Selects the HPF slope (effective only
when HPF FREQ is set to other than
“OFF”): “1,” “2,” “3.”
31
AUX VOL*6 (AUX Volume Level)
Adjusts the volume level for each
connected auxiliary equipment:
“+18 dB” – “0 dB” – “–8 dB.”
This setting negates the need to adjust
the volume level between sources.
BTA VOL*7 (Bluetooth Audio Volume
Level) (page 25)
*1 Does not appear when “SET F/R POS” is set to
“OFF.”
*2 When the audio output is set to “SUB-OUT”
(page 30).
*3 Does not appear when the tuner is selected.
*4 When the audio output is set to “REAROUT” and “SW DIREC” is set to “OFF.”
*5 When the audio output is set to “REAROUT” and “RBE MODE” is set to “OFF.”
*6 When the AUX is selected.
*7 When Bluetooth audio source is activated.
DISPLAY:
DEMO (Demonstration)
Activates the demonstration: “ON,”
“OFF.”
BLK OUT (Black Out)
Turns off the illumination automatically
for any source (e.g., during radio
reception/CD playback, etc.) if no
operation is performed for 5 seconds:
“ON,” “OFF.”
To turn the light back on, press any
button on the unit or the remote
commander.
DIMMER
Changes the display brightness: “ON,”
“OFF.”
ILLUM (Illumination)
Changes the illumination color: “1,” “2.”
AUTO SCR* (Auto Scroll)
Scrolls long items automatically: “ON,”
“OFF.”
32
* When the CD, USB or Bluetooth audio is
selected.
BT (Bluetooth):
For details on setup items for the Bluetooth
settings, see page 19.
APP REM:
Starts establishing App Remote.
Using optional
equipment
Additional
Information
Auxiliary audio
equipment
Precautions
By connecting an optional portable audio
device to the AUX input jack (stereo mini
jack) on the unit and then simply selecting
the source, you can listen on your car
speakers.
• Cool off the unit beforehand if your car has
been parked in direct sunlight.
• Do not leave the front panel or audio devices
brought in inside the car, or it may cause
malfunction due to high temperature in
direct sunlight.
• Power antenna (aerial) extends
automatically.
Connecting the portable audio device
1
2
3
Turn off the portable audio device.
Moisture condensation
Turn down the volume on the unit.
Should moisture condensation occur inside
the unit, remove the disc and wait for about an
hour for it to dry out; otherwise the unit will
not operate properly.
Connect the portable audio device to the
unit with a connecting cord (not supplied)*.
* Be sure to use a straight type plug.
To maintain high sound quality
Do not splash liquid onto the unit or discs.
Notes on discs
Adjusting the volume level
Be sure to adjust the volume for each
connected audio device before playback.
1
2
Turn down the volume on the unit.
3
Start playback of the portable audio device
at a moderate volume.
4
5
Set your usual listening volume on the unit.
Press  repeatedly until
“AUX” appears.
Adjust the input level (page 32).
• Do not expose discs to direct sunlight or heat
sources such as hot air ducts, nor leave it in a
car parked in direct sunlight.
• Before playing, wipe the
discs with a cleaning cloth
from the center out. Do not
use solvents such as
benzine, thinner,
commercially available
cleaners.
• This unit is designed to play back discs that
conform to the Compact Disc (CD)
standard. DualDiscs and some of the music
discs encoded with copyright protection
technologies do not conform to the Compact
Disc (CD) standard, therefore, these discs
may not be playable by this unit.
33
• Discs that this unit CANNOT play
– Discs with labels, stickers, or sticky tape or
paper attached. Doing so may cause a
malfunction, or may ruin the disc.
– Discs with non-standard shapes (e.g., heart,
square, star). Attempting to do so may
damage the unit.
– 8 cm (3 1/4 in) discs.
Notes on CD-R/CD-RW discs
• The maximum number of: (CD-R/CD-RW
only)
– folders (albums): 150 (including root folder)
– files (tracks) and folders: 300 (may less than
300 if folder/file names contain many
characters)
– displayable characters for a folder/file name:
32 (Joliet)/64 (Romeo)
• If the multi-session disc begins with a CDDA session, it is recognized as a CD-DA disc,
and other sessions are not played back.
• Discs that this unit CANNOT play
– CD-R/CD-RW of poor recording quality.
– CD-R/CD-RW recorded with an
incompatible recording device.
– CD-R/CD-RW which is finalized incorrectly.
– CD-R/CD-RW other than those recorded in
music CD format or MP3 format conforming
to ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2, Joliet/Romeo or
multi-session.
Playback order of MP3/WMA/
AAC files
MP3/WMA/AAC
34
About iPod
• You can connect to the following iPod
models. Update your iPod devices to the
latest software before use.
Made for
– iPod touch (4th generation)
– iPod touch (3rd generation)
– iPod touch (2nd generation)
– iPod classic
– iPod nano (6th generation)
– iPod nano (5th generation)
– iPod nano (4th generation)
– iPod nano (3rd generation)
– iPod nano (2nd generation)
– iPod nano (1st generation)*
– iPhone 4S
– iPhone 4
– iPhone 3GS
– iPhone 3G
* Passenger control is not available for iPod nano
(1st generation).
• “Made for iPod” and “Made for iPhone”
mean that an electronic accessory has been
designed to connect specifically to iPod or
iPhone respectively and has been certified by
the developer to meet Apple performance
standards. Apple is not responsible for the
operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please
note that the use of this accessory with iPod
or iPhone may affect wireless performance.
Folder
(album)
About Bluetooth function
MP3/WMA/
AAC file (track)
What is Bluetooth technology?
• Bluetooth wireless technology is a shortrange wireless technology that enables
wireless data communication between digital
devices, such as a cellular phone and a
headset. Bluetooth wireless technology
operates within a range of about 10 m (about
33 feet). Connecting two devices is common,
but some devices can be connected to
multiple devices at the same time.
• You do not need to use a cable for
connection since Bluetooth technology is a
wireless technology, neither is it necessary
for the devices to face one another, such is
the case with infrared technology. For
example, you can use such a device in a bag
or pocket.
• Bluetooth technology is an international
standard supported by millions of
companies all over the world, and employed
by various companies worldwide.
On Bluetooth communication
• Bluetooth wireless technology operates
within a range of about 10 m.
Maximum communication range may vary
depending on obstacles (person, metal, wall,
etc.) or electromagnetic environment.
• The following conditions may affect the
sensitivity of Bluetooth communication.
– There is an obstacle such as a person, metal,
or wall between this unit and Bluetooth
device.
– A device using 2.4 GHz frequency, such as a
wireless LAN device, cordless telephone, or
microwave oven, is in use near this unit.
• Because Bluetooth devices and wireless LAN
(IEEE802.11b/g) use the same frequency,
microwave interference may occur and result
in communication speed deterioration,
noise, or invalid connection if this unit is
used near a wireless LAN device. In such as
case, perform the following.
– Use this unit at least 10 m away from the
wireless LAN device.
– If this unit is used within 10 m of a wireless
LAN device, turn off the wireless LAN device.
– Install this unit and Bluetooth device as near
to each other as possible.
• Microwaves emitting from a Bluetooth
device may affect the operation of electronic
medical devices. Turn off this unit and other
Bluetooth devices in the following locations,
as it may cause an accident.
• This unit supports security capabilities that
comply with the Bluetooth standard to
provide a secure connection when the
Bluetooth wireless technology is used, but
security may not be enough depending on
the setting. Be careful when communicating
using Bluetooth wireless technology.
• We do not take any responsibility for the
leakage of information during Bluetooth
communication.
• Connection with all Bluetooth devices
cannot be guaranteed.
– A device featuring Bluetooth function is
required to conform to the Bluetooth
standard specified by Bluetooth SIG, and be
authenticated.
– Even if the connected device conforms to the
above mentioned Bluetooth standard, some
devices may not be connected or work
correctly, depending on the features or
specifications of the device.
– While talking on the phone hands free, noise
may occur, depending on the device or
communication environment.
• Depending on the device to be connected, it
may require some time to start
communication.
Others
• Using the Bluetooth device may not function
on cellular phones, depending on radio wave
conditions and location where the
equipment is being used.
• If you experience discomfort after using the
Bluetooth device, stop using the Bluetooth
device immediately. Should any problem
persist, consult your nearest Sony dealer.
If you have any questions or problems
concerning your unit that are not covered in
this manual, consult your nearest Sony dealer.
– where inflammable gas is present, in a
hospital, train, airplane, or petrol station
– near automatic doors or a fire alarm
35
Notes
Maintenance
Replacing the lithium battery of the
remote commander
When the battery becomes weak, the range
of the remote commander becomes shorter.
Replace the battery with a new CR2025
lithium battery. Use of any other battery
may present a risk of fire or explosion.
+ side up
• For safety, turn off the ignition before cleaning
the connectors, and remove the key from the
ignition switch.
• Never touch the connectors directly with your
fingers or with any metal device.
Specifications
Tuner section
FM
Notes on the lithium battery
• Keep the lithium battery out of the reach of
children. Should the battery be swallowed,
immediately consult a doctor.
• Wipe the battery with a dry cloth to assure a
good contact.
• Be sure to observe the correct polarity when
installing the battery.
• Do not hold the battery with metallic tweezers,
otherwise a short-circuit may occur.
WARNING
Battery may explode if mistreated.
Do not recharge, disassemble, or dispose
of in fire.
Cleaning the connectors
The unit may not function properly if the
connectors between the unit and the front
panel are not clean. In order to prevent this,
detach the front panel (page 6) and clean the
connectors with a cotton swab. Do not apply
too much force. Otherwise, the connectors
may be damaged.
Tuning range:
87.5 – 108.0 MHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency: 25 kHz
Usable sensitivity: 8 dBf
Selectivity: 75 dB at 400 kHz
Signal-to-noise ratio: 80 dB (stereo)
Separation: 50 dB at 1 kHz
Frequency response: 20 – 15,000 Hz
MW
Tuning range:
531 – 1,602 kHz
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency:
9,124.5 kHz or 9,115.5 kHz/4.5 kHz
Sensitivity: 26 μV
SW
Tuning range:
SW1: 2,940 – 7,735 kHz
SW2: 9,500 – 18,135 kHz
(except for 10,140 – 11,575 kHz)
Antenna (aerial) terminal:
External antenna (aerial) connector
Intermediate frequency:
9,124.5 kHz or 9,115.5 kHz/4.5 kHz
Sensitivity: 26 μV
CD Player section
Signal-to-noise ratio: 120 dB
Frequency response: 10 – 20,000 Hz
Wow and flutter: Below measurable limit
USB Player section
Interface: USB (Full-speed)
Maximum current: 1 A
36
Wireless Communication
Communication System:
Bluetooth Standard version 2.1 + EDR
Output:
Bluetooth Standard Power Class 2 (Max. +4
dBm)
Maximum communication range:
Line of sight approx. 10 m (33 ft)*1
Frequency band:
2.4 GHz band (2.4000 – 2.4835 GHz)
Modulation method: FHSS
Compatible Bluetooth Profiles*2:
A2DP (Advanced Audio Distribution Profile)
1.2
AVRCP (Audio Video Remote Control Profile)
1.3
HFP (Handsfree Profile) 1.5
PBAP (Phone Book Access Profile)
SPP (Serial Port Profile)
*1 The actual range will vary depending on
factors such as obstacles between devices,
magnetic fields around a microwave oven,
static electricity, reception sensitivity, antenna
(aerial)’s performance, operating system,
software application, etc.
*2 Bluetooth standard profiles indicate the
purpose of Bluetooth communication
between devices.
Power amplifier section
Output: Speaker outputs
Speaker impedance: 4 – 8 ohms
Maximum power output: 52 W × 4 (at 4 ohms)
General
Outputs:
Audio outputs terminal (front, rear/sub
switchable)
Power antenna (aerial)/Power amplifier control
terminal (REM OUT)
Inputs:
Remote controller input terminal
Antenna (aerial) input terminal
MIC input terminal
AUX input jack (stereo mini jack)
USB port
Power requirements: 12 V DC car battery
(negative ground (earth))
Dimensions: Approx. 178 × 50 × 177 mm
(7 1/8 × 2 × 7 in) (w/h/d)
Mounting dimensions: Approx. 182 × 53 × 160 mm
(7 1/4 × 2 1/8 × 6 5/16 in) (w/h/d)
Mass: Approx. 1.2 kg (2 lb 11 oz)
Supplied accessories:
Remote commander: RM-X231
Parts for installation and connections (1 set)
Optional accessories/equipment:
Microphone: XA-MC10
USB connection cable for iPod: RC-100IP
Your dealer may not handle some of the above
listed accessories. Please ask the dealer for
detailed information.
Design and specifications are subject to change
without notice.
Troubleshooting
The following checklist will help you remedy
problems you may encounter with your unit.
Before going through the checklist below,
check the connection and operating
procedures.
For details on using the fuse and removing the
unit from the dashboard, refer to the
installation/connections manual supplied with
this unit.
If the problem is not solved, visit the support
site (page 42).
General
No power is being supplied to the unit.
 Check the connection or fuse.
 If the unit is turned off and the display
disappears, the unit cannot be operated with
the remote commander.
– Turn on the unit.
The power antenna (aerial) does not extend.
 The power antenna (aerial) does not have a
relay box.
No sound.
 The ATT function is activated.
 The position of the fader control “FADER” is
not set for a 2-speaker system.
No beep sound.
 The beep sound is canceled (page 30).
 An optional power amplifier is connected and
you are not using the built-in amplifier.
37
The contents of the memory have been
erased.
 The power supply lead or battery has been
disconnected or not connected properly.
 The unit is reset.
– Store again in the memory.
Stored stations and correct time are erased.
The fuse has blown.
Makes noise when the position of the
ignition is switched.
 The leads are not matched correctly with the
car’s accessory power connector.
During playback or reception,
demonstration mode starts.
 If no operation is performed for 5 minutes
with “DEMO-ON” set, demonstration mode
starts.
– Set “DEMO-OFF” (page 32).
The display disappears from/does not
appear in the display window.
 The dimmer is set to “DIM-ON” (page 32).
 The display disappears if you press and hold
.
– Press  on the unit until the
display appears.
 The connectors are dirty (page 36).
The Auto Off function does not operate.
 The unit is turned on. The Auto Off function
activates after turning off the unit.
– Turn off the unit.
The display disappears while the unit is
operating.
 The Black Out function is set to on (page 32).
The operation buttons do not function.
The disc will not eject.
 Press  and
(BACK)/ for
more than 2 seconds.
The contents stored in memory are erased.
For your safety, do not perform the reset
operation while you are driving.
Radio reception
38
The stations cannot be received.
The sound is hampered by noises.
 The connection is not correct.
– Connect an REM OUT lead (blue/white
striped) or accessory power supply lead (red)
to the power supply lead of a car’s antenna
(aerial) booster (only when your car has
built-in radio antenna (aerial) in the rear/
side glass).
– Check the connection of the car antenna
(aerial).
– If the auto antenna (aerial) will not go up,
check the connection of the power antenna
(aerial) control lead.
Preset tuning is not possible.
 Store the correct frequency in the memory.
 The broadcast signal is too weak.
Automatic tuning is not possible.
 The broadcast signal is too weak.
– Perform manual tuning.
RDS
PTY displays “- - - - - - - -.”
 The current station is not an RDS station.
 RDS data has not been received.
 The station does not specify the program type.
CD playback
The disc cannot be loaded.
 Another disc is already loaded.
 The disc has been forcibly inserted upside
down or in the wrong way.
The disc does not play back.
 Defective or dirty disc.
 The CD-Rs/CD-RWs are not for audio use
(page 34).
MP3/WMA/AAC files cannot be played back.
 The disc is incompatible with the MP3/WMA/
AAC format and version. For details on
playable discs and formats, visit the support
site.
MP3/WMA/AAC files take longer to play back
than others.
 The following discs take a longer time to start
playback.
– A disc recorded with a complicated tree
structure.
– A disc recorded in Multi Session.
– A disc to which data can be added.
The display items do not scroll.
 For discs with very many characters, those may
not scroll.
 “AUTO SCR” is set to “OFF.”
– Set “A.SCRL-ON” (page 32).
– Press and hold  (SCRL).
The sound skips.
 Installation is not correct.
– Install the unit at an angle of less than 45° in
a sturdy part of the car.
 Defective or dirty disc.
USB playback
You cannot play back items via a USB hub.
 This unit cannot recognize USB devices via a
USB hub.
Cannot play back items.
 A USB device does not work.
– Connect it again.
A USB device takes longer to play back.
 The USB device contains files with a
complicated tree structure.
The sound is intermittent.
 The sound may be intermittent at a high-bitrate of more than 320 kbps.
Application name is mismatched with the
actual application in App Remote.
 Launch the application again from the “App
Remote” application.
Bluetooth function
The connecting device cannot detect this
unit.
 Before the pairing is made, set this unit to
pairing standby mode.
 While connected to a Bluetooth device, this
unit cannot be detected from another device.
– Disconnect the current connection and
search for this unit from another device.
 When the device pairing is made, set the
Bluetooth signal output to on (page 19, 20, 21).
Connection is not possible.
 The connection is controlled from one side
(this unit or Bluetooth device), but not both.
– Connect to this unit from a Bluetooth device
or vice versa.
 Check the pairing and connection procedures
in the manual of the other device, etc., and
perform the operation again.
The name of the detected device does not
appear.
 Depending on the status of the other device, it
may not be possible to obtain the name.
No ringtone.
 Adjust the volume by rotating the control dial
while receiving a call.
 Depending on the connecting device, the
ringtone may not be sent properly.
– Set “RINGTONE” to “1” (page 19).
 The front speakers are not connected to the
unit.
– Connect the front speakers to the unit. The
ringtone is output only from the front
speakers.
The talker’s voice volume is low.
 Adjust the volume level.
The talker’s voice cannot be heard.
 The front speakers are not connected to the
unit.
– Connect the front speakers to the unit. The
talker’s voice is output only from the front
speakers.
A call partner says that the volume is too low
or high.
 Adjust the volume accordingly using mic gain
adjustment (page 23).
Echo or noise occurs in phone call
conversations.
 Lower the volume.
 Set EC/NC Mode to “EC/NC-1” or “EC/NC-2”
(page 23).
 If the ambient noise other than the phone call
sound is loud, try reducing this noise.
E.g.: If a window is open and road noise, etc., is
loud, shut the window. If an air conditioner is
loud, lower the air conditioner.
39
The phone is not connected.
 When Bluetooth audio is played, the phone is
not connected even if you press .
– Connect from the phone.
The name of the other party does not appear
when a call is received.
 The calling phone is not set to send the phone
number.
The phone sound quality is poor.
 Phone sound quality depends on reception
conditions of cellular phone.
– Move your car to a place where you can
enhance the cellular phone’s signal if the
reception is poor.
A call is answered unintentionally.
 The connecting phone is set to answer a call
automatically.
 “AUTO ANS” of this unit is set to “ANS-1” or
“ANS-2” (page 19).
The volume of the connected audio device is
low (high).
 Volume level will differ depending on the
audio device.
– Adjust the volume of the connected audio
device or this unit.
No sound is heard from the Bluetooth audio
device.
 The audio device is paused.
– Cancel pause of the audio device.
The sound skips during playback of a
Bluetooth audio device.
 Reduce the distance between the unit and the
Bluetooth audio device.
 If the Bluetooth audio device is stored in a case
which interrupts the signal, remove the audio
device from the case during use.
 Several Bluetooth devices or other devices
which emit radio waves are in use nearby.
– Turn off the other devices.
– Increase the distance from the other devices.
 The playback sound stops momentarily when
the connection between this unit and the
cellular phone is being made. This is not a
malfunction.
The connected Bluetooth audio device
cannot be controlled.
 Check that the connected Bluetooth audio
device supports AVRCP.
Some functions do not work.
 Check if the connecting device supports the
functions in question.
40
Pairing failed due to time out.
 Depending on the connecting device, the time
limit for pairing may be short.
– Try completing the pairing within the time.
Bluetooth function cannot operate.
 Turn off the unit by pressing 
for more than 2 seconds, then turn the unit on
again.
No sound is output from the car speakers
during handsfree call.
 If the sound is output from the cellular phone,
set the cellular phone to output the sound from
the car speakers.
Application name is mismatched with the
actual application in App Remote.
 Launch the application again from the “App
Remote” application.
While running the “App Remote” application
via Bluetooth, the display automatically
switches to “BT AUDIO.”
 The “App Remote” application or Bluetooth
function has failed.
– Run the application again.
Error displays/Messages
CHECKING
 The unit is confirming the connection of a
USB device.
– Wait until confirming the connection is
finished.
ERROR
 The disc is dirty or inserted upside down.
– Clean or insert the disc correctly.
 A blank disc has been inserted.
 The disc cannot play due to a problem.
– Insert another disc.
 USB device was not automatically recognized.
– Connect it again.
 Press  to remove the disc.
FAILURE
 The connection of speakers/amplifiers is
incorrect.
– See the installation/connections manual of
this model to check the connection.
HUB NO SUPRT (Hubs Not Supported)
 USB hub is not supported on this unit.
NO DEV (No Device)
 “USB” is selected as source without a USB
device connected. A USB device or a USB cable
has been disconnected during playback.
– Be sure to connect a USB device and USB
cable.
NO DISC
 The disc is ejected, or “CD” is selected as the
source without inserting the disc.
NO MUSIC
 The disc or USB device does not contain a
music file.
– Insert a music CD in this unit.
– Connect a USB device with a music file in it.
OFFSET
 There may be an internal malfunction.
– Check the connection. If the error indication
remains on in the display, consult your
nearest Sony dealer.
OVERLOAD
 USB device is overloaded.
– Disconnect the USB device, then change the
source by pressing .
– Indicates that the USB device is out of order,
or an unsupported device is connected.
PUSH EJT (Push Eject)
 The disc cannot be ejected.
– Press  (eject).
READ
 The unit is reading all track and album
information on the disc.
– Wait until reading is complete and playback
starts automatically. Depending on the disc
structure, it may take more than a minute.
USB NO SUPRT (USB Not Supported)
 The connected USB device is not supported.
– For details on the compatibility of your USB
device, visit the support site.
“
” or “
”
 During reverse or fast-forward, you have
reached the beginning or the end of the disc
and you cannot go any further.
“ ”
 The character cannot be displayed with the
unit.
For Bluetooth function:
BT BUSY (Bluetooth Busy)
 The phonebook and the call history of the
cellular phone are not accessible from this unit.
– Wait for a while, and then try again.
NO NAME
 A disc/album/artist/track name is not written
in the track.
EMPTY
 The call history is empty.
NOT FOUND
 There is no item beginning with the selected
letter in Alphabet search.
ERROR
 BT Initialize failed.
 Phonebook access failed.
41
 Phonebook content was changed while
accessing the cellular phone.
– Access the phonebook in the cellular phone
again.
MEM FAILURE (Memory Failure)
 This unit failed to store the contact in the
preset dial.
– Make sure that the number you intend to
store is correct (page 24).
MEMORY BUSY
 This unit is storing data.
– Wait until storing has finished.
NO DEV (No Device)
 Bluetooth audio source is selected without a
Bluetooth audio device connected.
A Bluetooth audio device has been
disconnected during a call.
– Be sure to connect a Bluetooth audio device.
 Bluetooth phone source is selected without a
cellular phone connected. A cellular phone has
been disconnected during a call.
– Be sure to connect a cellular phone.
For App Remote operation:
APP -------- (Application)
 Connection with the application is not made.
– Establish iPhone connection again.
APP MENU (Application Menu)
 Button operation cannot be performed while a
menu on iPhone/Android phone is open.
– Exit the menu on iPhone/Android phone.
APP NO DEV (Application No Device)
 The device with the application installed is not
connected.
– Connect the device, then establish iPhone
connection.
OPEN APP (Open Application)
 The “App Remote” application is not running.
– Start up the iPhone’s application.
If these solutions do not help improve the
situation, consult your nearest Sony dealer.
If you take the unit to be repaired because of
CD playback trouble, bring the disc that was
used at the time the problem began.
NO INFO (No Information)
 Network name and cellular phone name are
not received with cellular phone connected.
P (preset number) EMPTY
 The preset dial is empty.
UNKNOWN
 Name or phone number cannot be displayed
when browsing phonebook or call history.
WITHHELD
 Phone number is hidden by caller.
http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support
http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/
42
‫‪ ‬ﳏﺘﻮی ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪) MEM FAILURE‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻮﻓﻘﻴﺖ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﳐﺎﻃﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺍی ﻛﻪ ﻗﺼﺪ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻧﺶ ﺭﺍ‬‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(24‬‬
‫‪MEMORY BUSY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﲈﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪) NO DEV‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺪﺍی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ‬‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪) NO INFO‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪:App Remote‬‬
‫‪) APP -------‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ iPhone‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪) APP MENU‬ﻣﻨﻮی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﻭی ‪/iPhone‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Android‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺭﻭی ‪/iPhone‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Android‬ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪) APP NO DEV‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ iPhone‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪) OPEN APP‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ‪ iPhone‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﲠﺒﻮﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻤﻜﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ‪ Sony‬ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻌﻤﲑ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺴﻜﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) P‬ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ( ‪EMPTY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪UNKNOWN‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪WITHHELD‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮی ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﻩ ﭘﻨﻬﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻫﺎ‪/‬ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻄﺎ‬
‫‪CHECKING‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ ‬ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻳﮏ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAILURE‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎ‪/‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی ﻧﺼﺐ‪/‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ‬‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) HUB NO SUPRT‬ﻫﺎﺏ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺎﺏ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) NO DEV‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ “USB” ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻭ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‬‫ﺍﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO DISC‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪ “CD” ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO MUSIC‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺣﺎﻭی ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﮏ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪NO NAME‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪/‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪/‬ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ‪/‬ﺗﺮﺍک ﺩﺭ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOT FOUND‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺁﻳﺘﻤﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪OFFSET‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻮﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺧﻄﺎ ﺭﻭی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ‬‫ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ‪ Sony‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪OVERLOAD‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬‫‪ ‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪) PUSH EJT‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪) ‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪READ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻭ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﲈﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﱪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ USB) USB NO SUPRT‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫“ ﻳﺎ ”‬
‫”‬
‫“‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﴎﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫” “‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻛﱰ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪:Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ Bluetooth) BT BUSY‬ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﺻﱪ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻼﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪EMPTY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ‪ BT‬ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﺍی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻪ ﴍﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﯽ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ‬‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﲠﺒﻮﺩ ﺑﺨﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ )ﺑﺎﻻ( ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻜﺚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺭ ﳏﻔﻈﻪ ﺍی ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﳐﺘﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﳏﻔﻈﻪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﳊﻈﻪ ﺍی ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪ AVRCP‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺤﺚ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻃﻮﺭی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ “AUTO ANS” ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “ANS-1‬ﻳﺎ ”‪“ANS-2‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(19‬‬
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺳﻌﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﻮﺭی‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ‪ App Remote‬ﳘﺨﻮﺍﻧﯽ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺟﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫”‪ “BT AUDIO‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﻳﺎ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻛﱰﻫﺎی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﳖﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻴﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ “AUTO SCR” ‬ﺭﻭی ”‪ “OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ”‪ “A.SCRL-ON‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(32‬‬‫ ‪ (SCRL) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻛﻤﱰ ﺍﺯ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺎﺏ ‪ USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﮏ ﻫﺎﺏ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﱰی ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺣﺎﻭی ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﺪﺍ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﺥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻی ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﺍﺯ ‪ 320‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﺑﻴﺖ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ‪ App Remote‬ﳘﺨﻮﺍﻧﯽ‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺵ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ‬‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(21 ،20 ،19‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻃﺮﻑ )ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ (Bluetooth‬ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻪ ﺩﻭ ﻃﺮﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ‬‫ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﻭﻧﺪﻫﺎی ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻏﲑﻩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﴍﺍﻳﻂ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ”‪ “RINGTONE‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “1‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(19‬‬‫‪ ‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻓﻘﻂ‬‫ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ‬‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﲠﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(23‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻛﻮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﺭﺥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ EC/NC‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “EC/NC-1‬ﻳﺎ ”‪“EC/NC-2‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(23‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﴎﻭﺻﺪﺍی ﳏﻴﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺯ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻼﺵ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﴎﻭﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﴎﻭﺻﺪﺍی ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﺪﺍی ﲥﻮﻳﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﲥﻮﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺣﱰﺍﻕ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻧﲑﻭی ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺸﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ”‪ “DEMO-ON‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺸﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ”‪ “DEMO-OFF‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(32‬‬‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪/‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﺕ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “DIM-ON‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(32‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(36‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(32‬‬
‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ /(BACK‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪2‬‬
‫‪  ‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﳐﺘﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪) REM OUT‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺁﺑﯽ‪/‬ﺳﻔﻴﺪ( ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‬‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ )ﻗﺮﻣﺰ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭی ﺷﲈ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮی‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ‪/‬ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ( ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺭﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ‪.“- - - - - - - -” PTY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ RDS‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ RDS‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﴐ ﺑﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺯﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺴﲑ ﻏﻠﻂ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪CD-R ‬ﻫﺎ‪CD-RW/‬ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(34‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﱰی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺘﯽ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﻩ‪.‬‬‫ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪.Multi Session‬‬‫‪ -‬ﺩﻳﺴﻜﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪EDR + 2.1‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻛﻼﺱ ‪) 2‬ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ‪(+4 dBm‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺩﻳﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ‪ 10‬ﻣﱰ*‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ‪ 2.4‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ )‪ 2.4835 – 2.4000‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﺭﻭﺵ ﻣﺪﻭﻻﺳﻴﻮﻥ‪FHSS :‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ*‪:2‬‬
‫‪) A2DP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ( ‪1.2‬‬
‫‪) AVRCP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی( ‪1.3‬‬
‫‪) HFP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی( ‪1.5‬‬
‫‪) PBAP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ(‬
‫‪) SPP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﴎﻳﺎﻝ(‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻮﺍﻣﻠﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﺟﺎﻕ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻜﱰﻳﺴﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﯽ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭی ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﺁﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ :‬ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ‪ 8 – 4 :‬ﺍﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ‪) 4 × 52 W :‬ﺩﺭ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻫﻢ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪﺍ )ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺸﺖ‪/‬ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﯽ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ‪/‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻧﲑﻭ )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‬
‫‪ MIC‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺶ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﻴﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﺍﺳﱰﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‪ :‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ‪ 12‬ﻭﻟﺖ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪DC‬‬
‫)ﺯﻣﲔ ﻣﻨﻔﯽ(‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 177 × 50 × 178‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺽ‪/‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﻧﺼﺐ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 160 × 53 × 182‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽ ﻣﱰ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺽ‪/‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺟﺮﻡ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ 1.2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻡ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‪RM-X231 :‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺰﺍی ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ )‪ 1‬ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ(‬
‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ‪/‬ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭی‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ‪XA-MC10 :‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮﺍی ‪RC-100IP :iPod‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﲈ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔ ﹰﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﱰ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﻮﺍﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ ﻛﻤﮏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺗﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﻃﺮﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺒﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی ﻧﺼﺐ‪/‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻕ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺯ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬‫ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺯﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ ATT‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ”‪ “FADER‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﻮﻕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﻮﻕ ﻟﻐﻮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(30‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﮏ ﺁﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭی ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﲈ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ ‪ CR2025‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ‪ +‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻠﻌﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﯽ ﺩﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺰﺷﮏ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ‬
‫ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺐ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﱪک ﻫﺎی ﻓﻠﺰی ﻧﮕﻪ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﺸﮕﲑی ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (6‬ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﮔﻮﺵ ﭘﺎک ﻛﻦ ﭘﻨﺒﻪ ﺍی ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﲑﻭی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩی ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﱰﺍﻕ ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎک ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮﻳﻴﭻ ﺍﺣﱰﺍﻕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻧﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﻠﺰی ﳌﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺏ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻣﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪ 25 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪8 dBf :‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‪ 75 dB :‬ﺩﺭ ‪ 400‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ‪) 80 dB :‬ﺍﺳﱰﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺳﺎﺯی‪ 50 dB :‬ﺩﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‪ 1,602 – 531 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻳﺎ ‪ 9,115.5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 4.5/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻭﻟﺖ‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫)ﺑﺠﺰ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ 11,575 – 10,140‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻳﺎ ‪ 9,115.5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ 4.5/‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻭﻟﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ‪120 dB :‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﻛﻢ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ‪ :‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﲑی‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ(‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ‪ 1 :‬ﺁﻣﭙﺮ‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫• ﺷﲈ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﯽ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﻭﺑﺮﻭی ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﻈﲑ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﻣﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﲑﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﲔ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻳﮏ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﻠﻠﯽ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻫﺎ ﴍﻛﺖ ﺩﺭ ﴎﺍﴎ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﴍﻛﺖ ﻫﺎی ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫• ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺭ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻣﱰی‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺍﻧﻊ )ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺰ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ( ﻳﺎ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﱰﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﴍﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﲑﮔﺬﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ‪ 2.4‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﻕ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭ ﻭﻳﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫)‪ (IEEE802.11b/g‬ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭ ﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﺍﺑﯽ ﴎﻋﺖ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﲔ ﴍﺍﻳﻄﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ 10‬ﻣﱰ ﺩﻭﺭﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ‬‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 10‬ﻣﱰی ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽ‬‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ LAN‬ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﻪ‬‫ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی‬
‫ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻳﮏ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﻛﺎﻓﯽ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮔﲑﻳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‬‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ Bluetooth SIG‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪Bluetooth‬‬‫ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺻﺤﺒﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﳏﻴﻂ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﴍﻭﻉ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﻜﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﴍﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ ﻭ ﳏﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﺎی ﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﲈ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﺣﺴﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﱰﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ‪ Sony‬ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ‪ Sony‬ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭ ﻭﻳﻮ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﭘﺰﺷﻜﯽ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﳏﻠﻬﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺋﻴﻜﻪ ﮔﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺑﻴﲈﺭﺳﺘﺎﻥ‪،‬‬‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﲈ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﭘﻤﭗ ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺁﺗﺶ‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫• ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﭼﺴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ‬‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﺍﺏ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻏﲑﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻗﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‪،‬‬‫ﺳﺘﺎﺭﻩ(‪ .‬ﺗﻼﺵ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪ 8‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﱰی‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫• ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‪) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪(CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ )ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻫﺎ(‪) 150 :‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺭﻳﺸﻪ(‬‫ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ )ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ( ﻭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ‪) 300 :‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی‬‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‪/‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩی ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻛﱰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ‪ 300‬ﻛﻤﱰ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻛﱰﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‪/‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‪32 :‬‬‫)‪(Romeo) 64/(Joliet‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﭼﻨﺪ ‪ session‬ﺑﺎ ‪ CD-DA‬ﴍﻭﻉ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ‪ CD-DA‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ session‬ﻫﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﺑﺎ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻏﻠﻂ ﳖﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺯ ﺁﳖﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ CD‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ MP3‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ‪ ISO9660‬ﺳﻄﺢ ‪/1‬ﺳﻄﺢ ‪،2‬‬
‫‪ Joliet/Romeo‬ﻳﺎ ‪ multi-session‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﻪ‬
‫)ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ(‬
‫ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫)ﺗﺮﺍک(‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ‪iPod‬‬
‫• ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﺎی ‪ iPod‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺯ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Made for‬‬
‫ ‪) iPod touch‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ(‬‫ ‪) iPod touch‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ(‬‫ ‪) iPod touch‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬‫ ‪iPod classic‬‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺷﺸﻢ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﭼﻬﺎﺭﻡ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺳﻮﻡ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺩﻭﻡ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ(*‬‫ ‪iPhone 4S‬‬‫ ‪iPhone 4‬‬‫ ‪iPhone 3GS‬‬‫‪iPhone 3G -‬‬
‫* ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪) iPod nano‬ﻧﺴﻞ ﺍﻭﻝ( ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ”‪ “Made for iPod‬ﻭ ”‪ “Made for iPhone‬ﻳﻌﻨﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﻜﯽ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ iPod‬ﻳﺎ ‪ iPhone‬ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﳊﺎﻅ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩی ‪ Apple‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ Apple .‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎی ﻧﻈﺎﺭﺗﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔ ﹰﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺑﺎ ‪ iPod‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫‪ iPhone‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟‬
‫• ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻳﮏ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺩ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺪﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺭ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﻣﱰی‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﳘﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭی‬
‫ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻛﻤﻜﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﲪﻞ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭی ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﺶ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ‪) AUX‬ﻓﻴﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﮏ ﺍﺳﱰﻳﻮ( ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺩﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﲪﻞ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﲪﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﲪﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ )ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(* ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﻓﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭی ﺷﲈ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﺭک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺧﻨﮏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﻗﺺ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺭﺥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺻﱪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺧﺸﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ؛‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ‬
‫• ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﳎﺮﺍﻫﺎی ﻫﻮﺍی ﮔﺮﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺩﻭی ﭘﺎﺭک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺑﲑﻭﻥ ﲤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺗﻴﻨﺮ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎک ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎی ﲡﺎﺭی‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “AUX‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻓﴩﺩﻩ‬
‫)‪ (CD‬ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪DualDisc .‬ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺭﻣﺰﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﻟﻮﺡ ﻓﴩﺩﻩ )‪ (CD‬ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی‬
‫ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻫﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﲪﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(32‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪) 6*AUX VOL‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﻫﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺯ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻛﻤﻜﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪– “0 dB” – “+18 dB” .‬‬
‫”‪.“–8 dB‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪) 7*BTA VOL‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ‪(Bluetooth‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(25‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ”‪ “SET F/R POS‬ﺭﻭی ”‪ “OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “SUB-OUT‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(30‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “REAR-OUT‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ”‪ “SW DIREC‬ﺭﻭی ”‪ “OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 5‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “REAR-OUT‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ”‪ “RBE MODE‬ﺭﻭی ”‪ “OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 6‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ‪ AUX‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 7‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺪﺍی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪:DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬ﻧﲈﻳﺶ(‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ(‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ 5‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ CD‬ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ( ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF” ،“ON‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻧﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪،“ON” :‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF‬‬
‫‪) ILLUM‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯی(‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﻮﺭ ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯی ”‪.“2” ،“1‬‬
‫‪) *AUTO SCR‬ﭘﻴﲈﻳﺶ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﭘﻴﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF” ،“ON‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫* ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ‪ USB ،CD‬ﻳﺎ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪:(Bluetooth) BT‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎﺕ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 19‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪:APP REM‬‬
‫ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ‪ App Remote‬ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪:SOUND‬‬
‫‪) EQ7 PRESET‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(27‬‬
‫‪) EQ7 SETTING‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(28‬‬
‫‪POSITION‬‬
‫‪) SET F/R POS‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ‪/‬ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(28‬‬
‫‪) 1*ADJ POSITION‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ(‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(29‬‬
‫‪) 2* 1*SET SW POS‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(28‬‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪– “RIGHT-15” :‬‬
‫”‪.“LEFT-15” – “CENTER‬‬
‫‪FADER‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺴﺒﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪– “FRONT-15” :‬‬
‫”‪.“REAR-15” – “CENTER‬‬
‫‪) 3*DM+‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(29‬‬
‫‪) LOUDNESS‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪی ﭘﻮﻳﺎ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺻﺪﺍی ﻭﺍﺿﺢ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﻢ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫‪) ALO‬ﲠﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﲤﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻫﺎی ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﲠﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫‪) 4*RB ENH‬ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫‪) RBE MODE‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﺐ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF” ،“3” ،“2” ،“1‬‬
‫‪) LPF FREQ‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪،“100Hz” ،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF SLOP‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ LPF‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.“3” ،“2” ،“1” :‬‬
‫‪) 5*SW DIREC‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫‪) SW MODE‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،“2” ،“1” :‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF” ،“3‬‬
‫‪) SW PHASE‬ﻓﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،“NORM” :‬‬
‫”‪.“REV‬‬
‫‪) 1*SW POS‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(28‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،“NEAR” :‬‬
‫”‪.“FAR” ،“NORMAL‬‬
‫‪) LPF FREQ‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪،“100Hz” ،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF SLOP‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ LPF‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.“3” ،“2” ،“1” :‬‬
‫‪) 2*S.WOOFER‬ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“–10 dB” – “0 dB” – “+10 dB‬‬
‫)”‪ “ATT‬ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪) SW PHASE‬ﻓﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﻓﺎﺯ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،“NORM” :‬‬
‫”‪.“REV‬‬
‫‪) 1*SW POS‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،“NEAR” :‬‬
‫”‪.“FAR” ،“NORMAL‬‬
‫‪) LPF FREQ‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪،“100Hz” ،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF SLOP‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ LPF‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.“3” ،“2” ،“1” :‬‬
‫‪) HPF‬ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫‪) HPF FREQ‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﺟﻠﻮ‪/‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz” ،“OFF” :‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz” ،“100Hz‬‬
‫‪) HPF SLOP‬ﺷﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮔﺬﺭ(‬
‫ﺷﻴﺐ ‪ HPF‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ‪ HPF FREQ‬ﺑﻪ ﭼﻴﺰی ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺯ ”‪ “OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪.“3” ،“2” ،“1” :‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SW DIREC‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SW MODE‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “2” ،“1‬ﻳﺎ ”‪ “3‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ﻓﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ ﻭ ﺷﻴﺐ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 31‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪*.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*REAR/SUB‬‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪“SUB-OUT” :‬‬
‫)ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ(‪) “REAR-OUT” ،‬ﺁﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) CT‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ CT‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪*ZAPPIN‬‬
‫‪) ZAP TIME‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪(Zappin‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ”‪) Z.TIME-1‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 6‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(“‪،‬‬‫”‪) Z.TIME-2‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(“‪،‬‬
‫”‪) Z.TIME-3‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) ZAP BEEP‬ﺑﻮﻕ ‪(Zappin‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﮔﺬﺭﻫﺎی ﺗﺮﺍک ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF” ،“ON‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ‪ CLOCK-ADJ‬ﻭ ‪ ،BTM‬ﮔﺎﻡ ‪ 4‬ﴐﻭﺭی‬
‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﺩﺭ ‪ App Remote‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ‪ CD‬ﻳﺎ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪:GENERAL‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ( )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(6‬‬
‫‪) 1*CAUT ALM‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ(‬
‫ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪) 2* 1*AUX-A‬ﺻﺪﺍی ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪ AUX‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(33‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،“NO” :‬‬
‫”‪) 30S‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(“‪) 30M” ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ(“‪) 60M” ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) 3*BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(10‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﻮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫”‪ “NORMAL” ،“NEAR‬ﻳﺎ ”‪ “FAR‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﮔﺎﻡ ‪ “OFF” 4‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯی‬
‫ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “POSITION‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪“ADJ POSITION‬‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪.“–3” – “CENTER” – “+3” :‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫‪ DM+‬ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪ DM+‬ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺮﺩﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﻓﴩﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﻓﴩﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﲠﺒﻮﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺨﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “DM+‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ”‪ “ON‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪ DM+‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻌﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ — ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺱ ﻋﻘﺐ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻠﱰ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﮔﺬﺭ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (31‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻋﻘﺐ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﻋﻘﺐ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “RB ENH‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “RBE MODE‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ”‪ “2” ،“1‬ﻳﺎ ”‪ “3‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻣﭙﻠﯽ‬
‫ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ— ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻣﭙﻠﯽ ﻓﺎﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ‪ 8 - 4‬ﺍﳘﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮی ﻋﻘﺐ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﯽ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ‬
‫— ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪EQ7‬‬
‫ﲠﻴﻨﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺮﺍﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫— ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫”‪ “CUSTOM‬ﺩﺭ ‪ EQ7‬ﺑﻪ ﺷﲈ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎﺧﲑ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﲈ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ”‪ “POSITION‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “EQ7 SETTING‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “BASE‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﺒﻨﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﯽ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ ،1 dB‬ﺍﺯ ‪–6 dB‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ‪ +6 dB‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ﺳﺎﺏ ﻭﻭﻓﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﮔﺮ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﻭی ”‪ “SUB-OUT‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(30‬‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭی ﭼﻴﺰی ﺑﺠﺰ ”‪ “OFF‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎی ”‪ “SET SW POS‬ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :() NEAR‬ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ‬
‫‪ :() NORMAL‬ﻋﺎﺩی‬
‫‪ :() FAR‬ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ 63 :BAND1‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 160 :BAND2‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 400 :BAND3‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 1 :BAND4‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 2.5 :BAND5‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 6.3 :BAND6‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪ 16.0 :BAND7‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪ :() FRONT L‬ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬
‫‪ :() FRONT R‬ﺟﻠﻮ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫‪ :() FRONT‬ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ :() ALL‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭی ﺷﲈ‬
‫‪ :OFF‬ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ ﺩﺭ ”‪ “CUSTOM‬ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “POSITION‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SET F/R POS‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ”‪،“FRONT L‬‬
‫”‪ “FRONT” ،“FRONT R‬ﻳﺎ ”‪ “ALL‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SET SW POS‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫‪Android‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ (APP) ‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮔﲑﻧﺪ‪) .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫ﳘﭽﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﳘﺎﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ )‪،(123456 ،.e.g‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ”‪ “Yes‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “APP REM‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺭﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی‬
‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍ — ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺻﺪﺍی ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺻﺪﺍی ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﺵ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺻﺪﺍ — ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪EQ7‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ‪ 7‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ‬
‫)‪،CRUISE ،EDGE ،VOCAL ،XPLOD‬‬
‫‪ CUSTOM ،GRAVITY ،SPACE‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (OFF‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “EQ7 PRESET‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ‪ “OFF” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮔﺎﻡ ‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﯽ ﺍﻛﻮﻻﻳﺰﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ‬
‫‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫)ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “BT‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ”‪“BT INIT‬‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ”‪“INIT-YES‬‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ‪“INITIAL” ،Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ؛ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ‬
‫”‪ “COMPLETE‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫”‪ “BT INIT‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪ App Remote‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫)ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪(Android‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺍﺯ ‪ Google Play‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Android‬ﴐﻭﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Android‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻭ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ‬‫ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Android‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Android‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )ﺁﻫﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ‬‫ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ( ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﻨﯽ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﯽ‪ SMS/‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬‫ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﯽ ﳏﻠﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﺎی ‪ Android‬ﺑﺎ ‪ 2.3 ،2.2 ،Android 2.1‬ﻳﺎ ‪4.0‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ SMS‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﺎی ‪Android‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ‪ TTS Engine‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺍﺯ ‪) A2DP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ(‬
‫ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی‬
‫)”‪ (“- 8dB” – “0dB” – “+18dB‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺍﺯ ‪) AVRCP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی( ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “BT AUDIO‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫”‪“BT AUDIO‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺟﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﲑﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “SOUND‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “BTA VOL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭی‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺚ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﴎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ (ALBUM /) /‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ]ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ[‬
‫‪ 1*(REP) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ 1*(SHUF) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ *(PAUSE) ‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 2*(PAUSE) ‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪(/)  –/+‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ]ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ[‬
‫‪ (/)  –/+‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ]ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ[‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪ ،‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈﺭﻩ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍک‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﳐﺎﻃﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺷﲈ ‪) PBAP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ(‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﭽﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻄﻊ ﲤﺎﺱ ﴎ ﭘﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﲤﺎﻣﯽ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﲔ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ* ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ )‪ ‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ”‪ “MEM‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳐﺎﻃﺐ ﺩﺭ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺎﻡ ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﴍﺍﻳﻂ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﳘﻴﺸﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﴍﺍﻳﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (42‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺎﺷﲔ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ”‪ “BT PHONE‬ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ‪SMS‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ‪ SMS‬ﺷﲈ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎی ‪ SMS‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺘﯽ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﲈ ﻳﮏ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ‪ SMS‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ‪SMS‬‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ‪ SMS‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ‬
‫‪ SMS‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻔﺘﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “VOICE DIAL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﲈ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ‪ SMS‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “DIAL NUMBER‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ” “ )ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ( ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬
‫‪ (ENTER) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ*‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ‪  –/+ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ‪:‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫”_“ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎی ”‪ “#‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﲠﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﻄﻮﺡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ )”‪،“MIC-LOW‬‬
‫”‪ (MIC)  (“MIC-HI” ،“MIC-MID‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 6‬ﳐﺎﻃﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪” ،‬ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (24‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “BT PHONE‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ )‪ ‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (ENTER) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﳎﺪﺩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “REDIAL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪) EC/NC‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻛﻮ‪/‬ﺣﺬﻑ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ(‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻛﻮ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ ”‪ “EC/NC-1‬ﻳﺎ ”‪،“EC/NC-2‬‬
‫‪ (MIC) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی‪/‬ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪/‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ( ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﻼﺵ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪/‬ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ” “ ﻭ ” “ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ” “ ﻭ ” “ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪ (20‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (19‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﲑﻧﺪﻩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍی ﮔﻮﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ 1‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪) PBAP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ( ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “PHONEBOOK‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﳐﺎﻃﺒﺎﻥ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻛﻪ ‪) PBAP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ( ﺭﺍ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﭽﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “RECENT CALL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﭽﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻳﺎ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ” “ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‪:‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ :Bluetooth‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﱰﺍﻕ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﯽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪*.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “BT SIGNL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺷﺪ ” “‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‪*.‬‬
‫* ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ” “ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪“BT‬‬
‫”‪ PHONE‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (ENTER) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫” “ ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﺎی ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺳﱰﺳﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻃﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺟﺮﺍی ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺻﺪﺍی ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺷﲈ ﻧﻤﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻋﻮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪“BT‬‬
‫”‪ AUDIO‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ (PAUSE) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫” “ ﺩﺭﺣﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ* ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ “0000” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ‪ 2.1‬ﭘﺴﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻻﺯﻡ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫”ﺭﻣﺰﻋﺒﻮﺭ“ )‪” ،(passcode‬ﻛﺪ ‪،(PIN code) “PIN‬‬
‫”ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ‪ (PIN number) “PIN‬ﻳﺎ ”ﮔﺬﺭﻭﺍژﻩ“‬
‫)‪ (Password‬ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫”‪“0000‬‬
‫‪XXXX‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺳﭙﺎﺭﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ” “ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫‪.(42‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ” “ ﻳﺎ ” “ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﳑﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻟﻐﻮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﺠﺎ‬
‫ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “BT SIGNL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺷﺪ ” “‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﱪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ‪) HSP‬ﭘﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺪﺳﺖ( ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ‪ ON‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ”‪ “BT SIGNL‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﻏﲑﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮی ﲤﺎﺱ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ*‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ‪ VOICE DIAL ،REDIAL ،PAIRING‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ ،BT SIGNL‬ﮔﺎﻡ ‪ 3‬ﴐﻭﺭی ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪) 1*PAIRING‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(19‬‬
‫‪) PHONEBOOK‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(22‬‬
‫‪) REDIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(23‬‬
‫‪) RECENT CALL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(22‬‬
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪) Bluetooth‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ( ﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ”ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ“ ﺑﲔ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﻫﺎ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪،Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 9‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺟﻔﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻩ ‪ 1‬ﻣﱰی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “PAIRING‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﺵ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪) VOICE DIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(24‬‬
‫‪) DIAL NUMBER‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(23‬‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﻥ‬
‫‪2 1‬‬
‫‪* *RINGTONE‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﺪ‪) 1” :‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ(“ – ”‪) 2‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﳘﺮﺍﻩ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) 1*AUTO ANS‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ(‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪) 1” – “OFF” :‬ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 3‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(“ – ”‪2‬‬
‫)ﺩﺭﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ 10‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) 1*BT SIGNL‬ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪) (Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(21 ،20‬‬
‫‪) 3*BT INIT‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ‪) (Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪(26‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ‪“Sony‬‬
‫”‪ Automotive‬ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪DR-BT30Q‬‬
‫‪Sony‬‬
‫‪Automotive‬‬
‫‪XXXXXXX‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺷﲈ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬
‫ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ”‪ “BT‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻫﻨﮓ ﺯﻧﮓ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ”‪) 2‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ(“ ﻫﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻨﻮی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺬﺭﻫﺎی ﺗﺮﺍک‬
‫— ™‪ZAPPIN‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﺬﺭﻫﺎی ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ‬
‫‪ CD‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ،USB‬ﺗﺮﺍﻛﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ (ZAP) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺭ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﻌﺪی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(30‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍک‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ZAPPIN‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺗﺮﺍﻛﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ‪ (ENTER) ‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (ZAP) ‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻛﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ )‪ (BACK‬ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ ﻫﺎ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک –‪  +/‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ‪ (ALBUM /) /‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﻭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻓﺮﺍﻳﻨﺪ ﺯﻳﺮ‬
‫ﴐﻭﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻭﻟﲔ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺩﻭﺟﺎﻧﺒﻪ ﴐﻭﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ”ﺟﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻥ“ ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺭ ﺍﻭﻝ ﻻﺯﻡ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی‪/‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪/‬ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﮔﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺷﲈ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﲠﺒﻮﺩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﯽ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻦ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی ”ﻧﺼﺐ‪/‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ“ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺎﻡ‬
‫— ™‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ‪ CD‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫)‪ (BROWSE‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ*‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﮔﺎﻡ ‪ 2‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ (BROWSE) ،USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪،Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)‪ (BROWSE‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ،Quick-BrowZer‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭی‪/‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻳﮏ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ” “ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﻻﻳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﲔ ﺗﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ” “ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫— ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﺵ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭی ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﴎﻋﺖ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪  +‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻳﺘﻤﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﯽ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ %10‬ﻛﻞ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪ (ENTER) ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ ﻭ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﺵ‪،‬‬
‫– ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫— ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪  +‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻭﻝ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ‪،‬‬
‫– ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﲈﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ )‪ (a/an/the‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻑ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮﻳﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺮﺵ‬
‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺍﻟﻔﺒﺎﻳﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﱪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭی )ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭی( ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ )ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ( ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ( )  ،‬ﻳﺎ ‪ (SHUF) ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺪﺗﯽ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﱪﺩ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﺗﺮﺍک‪.‬‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM‬‬
‫‪*PODCAST‬‬
‫‪*ARTIST‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﭘﺎﺩﻛﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*PLAYLIST‬‬
‫‪*GENRE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ژﺍﻧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺎﺩی‬
‫)ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎﺩی(‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫‪*SHUF DISC‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 1*SHUF PODCAST‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﺩﻛﺴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫‪*SHUF ARTIST‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*SHUF PLAYLIST‬‬
‫‪*SHUF GENRE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*SHUF DEVICE‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪SHUF OFF‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪iPod‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻓﻘﻂ ‪ USB‬ﻭ ‪iPod‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ژﺍﻧﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺎﺩی‬
‫)ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎﺩی(‪.‬‬
‫‪ App Remote‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪(iPhone) USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺍﺯ ‪ App StoreSM‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫‪ iPhone‬ﴐﻭﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭی ‪ iPhone‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻭ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی‬‫ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺭﻭی ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی ‪ iPhone‬ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی‬‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )ﺁﻫﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ‬‫ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻭ ﻏﲑﻩ( ﺭﻭی ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺍﻓﻴﻜﯽ ﳏﻠﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ USB‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ‪ iOS 5‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪iPhone‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ iPhone‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮﺍی ‪) iPhone‬ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(* ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ‪ (APP) ‬ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ‪ iPhone‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭی ‪ iPhone‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮔﲑﻧﺪ‪) .‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺩﺭﺩﺳﱰﺱ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ (.‬ﳘﭽﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪ iPhone‬ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺭﻭی ‪ ،iPhone‬ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ iPhone RC-100IP‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “APP REM‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ‪ iPhone‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ‪ USB‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﲤﺎﺱ ﺗﻠﻔﻨﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ iPhone‬ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻧﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﲔ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺳﻬﻮی ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻳﺮﺍ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﯽ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ‪ iPod‬ﺷﺎﺭژ ﳎﺪﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺯﴎﮔﲑی‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪ iPod‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪( ) ‬‬‫ ‪(SHUF) ‬‬‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ‪ iPod‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﺩﻛﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ژﺍﻧﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻫﻨﺮﻣﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ‪ iPod‬ﺭﺍ ﺣﺘﯽ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ iPod‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫— ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫)‪ (ALBUM /‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫]ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻜﺒﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ[‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫)‪ (ALBUM /‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‬
‫]ﺗﺎ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ[‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫”‪ “MODE IPOD‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﲈ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ‪ iPod‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫”‪ “MODE AUDIO‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ‪ iPod‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻨﮕﲔ ﻛﻪ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺮﺯﺵ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻳﮏ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪،USB‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ ‪ 10,000‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﻧﺪﻛﯽ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﱪﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﴎﻳﻊ ﻳﮏ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫‪) VBR‬ﻧﺮﺥ ﺑﻴﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﲑ( ‪ ،MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻓﴩﺩﻩ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﯽ‬‫ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﺣﻖ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ‬‫ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ‪) DRM‬ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ(‬‫‪ -‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﭼﻨﺪﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫‪iPod‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ‪ “iPod” ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ‪ iPod‬ﺭﻭی ‪ iPod‬ﻭ‬
‫‪ iPhone‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﯽ ﮔﲑﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی ‪ iPod‬ﺧﻮﺩ‪” ،‬ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ‪“iPod‬‬
‫) ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (34‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (42‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،iPod‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ iPod‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮﺍی ‪) iPod‬ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ(* ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ iPod RC-100IP‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎی ﺭﻭی ‪ iPod‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍی ﻛﻪ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ ‪ iPod‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﭘﺨﺶ‪،‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ”‪ “USB‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪) .‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ‪ iPod‬ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫”‪ “IPD‬ﺩﺭ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪1‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،iPod‬ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ iPod‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪CD‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ‪) CD-DA‬ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﺣﺎﻭی‬
‫‪ (CD TEXT‬ﻭ ‪) CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪) MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ((34‬ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ(‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺟﺘﻨﺎﺏ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﻣﺰﮔﺬﺍﺭﺭﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪(.wma) WMA ،(.mp3) MP3 ،‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ (.m4a) AAC‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪USB‬‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ USB‬ﻧﻮﻉ ‪) MSC‬ﻛﻼﺱ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ(‬
‫)ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﻓﻼﺵ ‪ ،USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫‪ (Android‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﲑﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ ،Android‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻪ ‪ MSC‬ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ،USB‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﻣﺰﮔﺬﺍﺭﺭﻣﺰﮔﺸﺎی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪،(.mp3) MP3 ،‬‬
‫‪ (.m4a) AAC ،(.wma) WMA‬ﻭ ‪ (.mp4) AAC‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “USB‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ‪1‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ ،USB‬ﭘﺨﺶ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪) PTY‬ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ PTY‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪) CT‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ(‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ CT‬ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ‪ ،RDS‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‪ “CT-ON” ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(30‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺣﲔ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ FM ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ PTY‬ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻡ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﴍﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻧﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪ RDS‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ‬
‫‪ CT‬ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪) NEWS‬ﺍﺧﺒﺎﺭ(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺟﺎﺭی(‪،‬‬
‫‪) INFO‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ(‪) SPORT ،‬ﻭﺭﺯﺷﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) EDUCATE‬ﺁﻣﻮﺯﺷﯽ(‪) DRAMA ،‬ﺩﺍﺳﺘﺎﻥ ﻧﲈﻳﺸﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﻓﺮﻫﻨﮕﯽ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻤﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) VARIED‬ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ(‪) POP M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﭘﺎپ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) ROCK M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺭﺍک(‪) EASY M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬
‫‪) LIGHT M ،(M.O.R.‬ﻛﻼﺳﻴﮏ ﻻﻳﺖ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CLASSICS‬ﻛﻼﺳﻴﮏ ﺟﺪی(‪) OTHER M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ‬
‫ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ(‪) WEATHER ،‬ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺁﺏ ﻭ ﻫﻮﺍ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) FINANCE‬ﻣﺎﻟﯽ(‪) CHILDREN ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﻮﺩﻛﺎﻥ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) SOCIAL A‬ﺍﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﺟﺘﲈﻋﯽ(‪) RELIGION ،‬ﻣﺬﻫﺒﯽ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) PHONE IN‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ(‪) TRAVEL ،‬ﺳﻔﺮ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) LEISURE‬ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﺍﻏﺖ(‪) JAZZ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺟﺎﺯ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) COUNTRY‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﻛﺎﻧﱰی(‪NATION M ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﻣﻠﯽ(‪) OLDIES ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺧﺎﻃﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﮕﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ(‪) FOLK M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﻓﺎﻟﮏ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) DOCUMENT‬ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪ(‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺗﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﺸﮕﲑی ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﲠﱰﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯی )‪ (BTM‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ — ‪BTM‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “TUNER‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ‪،FM3 ،FM2 ،FM1‬‬
‫‪ SW1 ،MW‬ﻳﺎ ‪ SW2‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “GENERAL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “BTM‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺪﺩی ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻋﺪﺩی )‪ ‬ﺗﺎ ‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “MEM‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻋﺪﺩی )‪ ‬ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ (‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫–‪  +/‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻳﮏ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﻭﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ –‪  +/‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺩﳋﻮﺍﻩ –‪  +/‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯی ﺩﺳﺘﯽ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﳘﭽﻨﲔ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “TUNER‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ FM‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ‬
‫)‪ (RDS‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻏﲑﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ ﻋﺎﺩی ﻣﯽ ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪/‬ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﲤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ‪ RDS‬ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻫﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺳﺎﺯی ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪ RDS‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ RDS‬ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪RM-X231‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ )‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻋﲈﻝ ﻳﮏ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ؛ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﲤﺎﺱ؛ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪) PTY‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪) VOL‬ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ( ‪–/ *+‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪CALL‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﲤﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﺍﲤﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪MODE‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ )‪ (FM/MW/SW‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪/‬ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )‪.(iPod‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪/‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ( )ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ (Bluetooth‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﻛﺶ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪SOUND/MENU‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ‪) SOUND‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ؛ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ؛ ﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﲤﺎﺱ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪*SOURCE‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ )ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪/USB/CD/‬‬
‫‪ Bluetooth/AUX‬ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪/‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ (Bluetooth‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی )‪ ()/ (‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪/USB/CD/‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ ،App Remote/Bluetooth‬ﳘﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫–‪ +/‬ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪  ‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ‪  ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BROWSE‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ‪(–) /(+) ‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ /USB/CD‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﳘﺎﻧﻨﺪ ‪/‬‬
‫)‪ (ALBUM /‬ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ‪  ‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪) DSPL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺶ(‪) SCRL/‬ﭘﻴﲈﻳﺶ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺪﺩی‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛‬
‫ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﻳﮏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ( )ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮی ﲤﺎﺱ(‬
‫)ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪.(Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻜﺚ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ )‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ App Remote‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪Android/iPhone‬‬
‫ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﳌﺴﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪) ‬ﺧﺮﻭﺝ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪15 ،13 ،12‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ )‪ MODE/(BACK‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪23 ،14 ،10‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ؛ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻧﺪ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫)‪ (FM/MW/SW‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ‪/‬ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )‪.(iPod‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‪ /‬ﻏﲑ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ )ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪/‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ( )ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪(Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪6‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ )‪ (BROWSE‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪17‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ™‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)‪.(CD/USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪) PTY‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪11‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ‪ PTY‬ﺩﺭ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻋﺪﺩی‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛‬
‫ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪:CD/USB‬‬
‫‪) ALBUM / :/‬ﺩﺭﺣﲔ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪(MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﴎﻫﻢ ﺁﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) :‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ(*‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪16‬‬
‫‪ SHUF :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪16‬‬
‫‪ ZAP :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪18‬‬
‫‪PAUSE :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻜﺚ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺯ ﴎﮔﲑی ﭘﺨﺶ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ‪:2*Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ALBUM / :/‬‬
‫‪) :‬ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ(*‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪25‬‬
‫‪ SHUF :‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪25‬‬
‫‪PAUSE :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻜﺚ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺯ ﴎﮔﲑی ﭘﺨﺶ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪ :Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪24 ،23‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﮔﲑی ﻳﮏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺷﲈﺭﻩ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ( )ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮی ﲤﺎﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) MIC :‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺎﺱ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪23‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﲠﺮﻩ ‪) MIC‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﻛﻮ‪/‬ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪:3*App Remote‬‬
‫‪PAUSE :‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻜﺚ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺯ ﴎﮔﲑی ﭘﺨﺶ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪) DSPL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺶ(‪) SCRL/‬ﭘﻴﲈﻳﺶ(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪25 ،21 ،14 ،13 ،12 ،10‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﭘﻴﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﻴﺶ ﻭﺭﻭﺩی ‪ AUX‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪33‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ )ﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﲑی ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮﺑﯽ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﮔﲑﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻧﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ App Remote‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪Android™/iPhone‬‬
‫ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻭی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪) Bluetooth‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ‪AVRCP‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻴﻨﯽ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ‪ App Remote‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪iPhone/‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻌﻴﻨﯽ‬
‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﱰﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﻳﮏ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﳌﺴﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﮕﺮ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ‪ ‬ﺭﻭی ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺣﺎﻭی ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪*SOURCE/OFF‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ؛ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ )ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪/‬‬
‫‪ Bluetooth/AUX/USB/CD‬ﺻﻮﺗﯽ‪/‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫‪ (Bluetooth‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ 1 ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻧﲈﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎی –‪SEEK +/‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﻮﺝ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﯽ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪:CD/USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ﴎ ﻫﻢ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻑ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(؛ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‬
‫ﴎﻳﻊ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ‪:2*Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﻋﻘﺐ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ‪/‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﴎﻳﻊ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪:3*App Remote‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ CALL‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪19‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻮی ﲤﺎﺱ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(؛ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ‪) Bluetooth‬ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪2‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ(؛ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﺍﲤﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ )ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ‪/‬ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ‪ENTER/MENU/APP‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪30 ،27 ،15‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻭﺭﻭﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﺍﲤﺎﻡ ﻳﮏ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪ ،App Remote‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ 2‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ‪ ‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﮔﲑﻧﺪﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ‬
‫ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺮﭼﺴﺐ ﺭﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ(‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﲈﻳﺸﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﲈ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﻴﺸﮕﲑی ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﴎﻗﺖ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “DISPLAY‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “DEMO‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺭﻫﺎﺳﺎﺯی ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ”‪“DEMO-OFF‬‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫)‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯﮔﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﭘﻴﺸﲔ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‪/‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﺎﺩی ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮔﺮﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫”‪ “GENERAL‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ”‪ “CLOCK-ADJ‬ﻧﲈﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺩﳚﻴﺘﺎﻝ‪  +/– ،‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‪  ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻮﻳﻴﭻ ﺍﺣﱰﺍﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫‪ OFF‬ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭼﻨﺪ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﻧﮓ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺁﻣﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺘﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ‪/‬ﺩﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺭﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭی ﭘﺎﺭک ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺒﻮﺭﺩ‪/‬ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﲔ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭی ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ‬ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﮔﲑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﻛﻠﻴﮏ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﴍﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﴍﺍﻳﻄﯽ ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ‪ Sony‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻓﯽ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ‬
‫ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺳﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺩﺭﺁﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﮔﯽ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﴏﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﺨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ‪/‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺁﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﯽ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻣﻬﻢ!‬
‫ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺁﻣﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺻﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﻪ ﴏﺍﺣﺘﺎ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﻮﻧﯽ‬
‫‪ Sony‬ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﲑی‬
‫ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﺟﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﳏﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻜﺎﺭﮔﲑی ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﻫﺎی ﳘﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﻭ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﳘﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﴍﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﺍﻧﻨﺪﮔﯽ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﻭ ﭘﺎﺭک ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮﮔﲑی ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ‬
‫ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ‪ RF‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﻜﯽ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻧﺎﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻛﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺰﺭﻳﻖ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺿﺪ ﻟﻐﺰﺵ )ﺿﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ(‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﴎﻋﺖ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﻛﻴﺴﻪ ﻫﻮﺍ ﺭﺍ ﲢﺖ ﺗﺎﺛﲑ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﲑ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻧﲈﻳﻨﺪﮔﯽ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻤﲑ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎک ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺿﲈﻧﺖ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺎﻣﻌﺘﱪ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺧﻮﺩ ﲤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﲑﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺛﲑ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﲤﺎﻡ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﺷﲈ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﯽ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﻭﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﻠﻮﻟﯽ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻣﻴﻨﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺭﻳﺰی‬
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﲤﺎﻡ‬
‫ﴍﺍﻳﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﲔ ﻛﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﺭﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﴐﻭﺭی )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﻭﺭژﺍﻧﺲ‬
‫ﭘﺰﺷﻜﯽ( ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺮﻗﯽ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎﻃﺮ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﲤﺎﺱ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ﻭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﻜﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻮﻟﯽ ﻛﺎﻓﯽ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﺎی ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺭی ﳑﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﲤﺎﻡ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
‫ﳘﺮﺍﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻭ‪/‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﳑﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﴎﻭﻳﺲ ﳏﻠﯽ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮی‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﲈی ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﻣﻨﻮی ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ‪27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ﺻﺪﺍ — ﻣﻮﺗﻮﺭ ﺻﺪﺍی ﭘﻴﴩﻓﺘﻪ ‪27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ‪30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭی ‪33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﲡﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ﻛﻤﻜﯽ ‪33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﺿﺎﻓﯽ ‪33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﯽ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ‬
‫ﴍﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ‪5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺗﯽ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEMO‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﺟﻠﻮ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻫﺎ ‪7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ‪7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ‪9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RM-X231‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ‪10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺫﺧﲑﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ ‪10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RDS‬‬
‫‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .USB‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB‬‬
‫‪13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPod‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ‪13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPod‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﮔﲑی ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ — ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮ ‪14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪ App Remote‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ‪15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (iPhone) USB‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺑﺎ ‪15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPhone‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ‪16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺮﺍک ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ‪16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﻧﺎﻡ — ™‪17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮی ﻳﮏ ﺗﺮﺍک ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺬﺭﻫﺎی ﺗﺮﺍک — ™‪18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ZAPPIN‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ‪18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪﻥ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺱ ﻫﻨﺪﺯﻓﺮی ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﲈﺕ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪ App Remote‬ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ‪) Bluetooth‬ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Android‬‬
‫ﻛﻨﱰﻝ ﺩﻭﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ ‪27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Android‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﲈ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺒﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺗﻮﻣﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺼﺐ ﻭ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‪ ،‬ﺩﻓﱰﭼﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻧﲈﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﻮﺩ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ‬
‫• ﻣﺪﺕ ﺍﻧﺘﺸﺎﺭ‪ :‬ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫• ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ‪ :‬ﻛﻤﱰ ﺍﺯ ‪ 53.3‬ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭ ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫)ﺍﻳﻦ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﲑی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ‪200‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﯽ ﻣﱰی ﺍﺯ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺷﻴﺌﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺑﻠﻮک ﭘﻴﮏ ﺁپ ﻧﻮﺭی ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺯﻧﻪ ‪ 7‬ﻣﻴﻠﯽ ﻣﱰی ﺍﺳﺖ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﻪ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭ ﺁﺭﻡ ﻫﺎ ﲢﺖ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﺖ ﴍﻛﺖ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth SIG, Inc.‬ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭼﻨﲔ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﴍﻛﺖ ﺳﻮﻧﯽ ‪Sony Corporation‬‬
‫ﲢﺖ ﳎﻮﺯ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻣﯽ ﮔﲑﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﲡﺎﺭی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻭ ﺍﺳﺎﻣﯽ‬
‫ﲡﺎﺭی ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻭ ‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﻣﺎﺭک ﻫﺎی ﲡﺎﺭی‬
‫‪ Sony Corporation‬ﻣﯽ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Windows Media‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﲡﺎﺭی ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫ﲡﺎﺭی ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﺎﻟﻜﻴﺖ ﺍﺧﱰﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﴍﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻛﺮﻭﺳﺎﻓﺖ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ‪ Microsoft‬ﻳﺎ ﻳﻜﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻳﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻫﺎی‬
‫‪ ،Microsoft‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژی ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﺜﲑ ﺁﻥ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﳏﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻛﻴﺪﺍ ﳑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪،iPod nano ،iPod classic ،iPod ،iPhone‬‬
‫‪ iPod touch‬ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﲡﺎﺭی ‪ ،Apple Inc.‬ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻳﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﺘﺤﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻛﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ App Store .‬ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ‪ Apple Inc.‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻦ ﺁﻭﺭی ﺭﻣﺰﮔﺬﺍﺭی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ ‪MPEG Layer-3‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺍﻣﺘﻴﺎﺯﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎی ﲢﺖ ﳎﻮﺯ ﺍﺯ ‪Fraunhofer IIS‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻳﮏ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﲡﺎﺭی ‪ Google Inc.‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﲡﺎﺭی‪ ،‬ﻣﴩﻭﻁ ﺑﻪ ﳎﻮﺯﻫﺎی‬
‫‪ Google Permissions‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻮﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﺗﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﱰﺍﻕ ﺧﻮﺩﺭﻭی ﺷﲈ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ‪ ACC‬ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (30‬ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﭘﻴﺸﮕﲑی ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺷﯽ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺍﺣﱰﺍﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ‪‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﲈﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻋﲆ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬‫‪) MEM FAILURE‬ﺇﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺧﻔﻘﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻨﻮﻱ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(24‬‬‫‪MEMORY BUSY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﳊﲔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪.‬‬‫‪) NO DEV‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ((‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬‫‪) NO INFO‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﹼ‬
‫‪) P‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ( ‪EMPTY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪:App Remote‬‬
‫‪) APP -------‬ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ(‬‫‪ ‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﹺﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ iPhone‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬‫‪) APP MENU‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺣﺪ￯ ﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪ iPhone/Android‬ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.iPhone/Android‬‬
‫ ﹸ‬‫‪) APP NO DEV‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﹼ‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﹺﺃﻗﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.iPhone‬‬‫‪) OPEN APP‬ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪.“App Remote‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﲠﺎﺗﻒ ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻠﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ Sony‬ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻹﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺣﴬ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪UNKNOWN‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺼ ﹼﻔﺢ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪WITHHELD‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﳐﻔﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/section/support‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony-asia.com/caraudio/‬‬
‫‪42‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ‪/‬ﺍﻹﺧﻄﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫‪CHECKING‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﳊﲔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﳍﺎ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﹺ‬‫ﺃﺩﺧﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﹺ‬‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪FAILURE‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻀﺨﲈﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﲠﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﺩﻳﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ‬‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪) HUB NO SUPRT‬ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﱰﻛﺔ )ﺍﳉﲈﻋﻴﺔ( ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﺍﳌﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) NO DEV‬ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “USB‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ .USB‬ﺗﻢ‬
‫ﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺒﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻭﻛﺒﻞ ‪.USB‬‬‫‪NO DISC‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “CD‬ﻛﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪NO MUSIC‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻻ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﹺ‬‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪.‬‬‫‪NO NAME‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪NOT FOUND‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪OFFSET‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺩﺍﺧﲇ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﺿﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻞ ﻣﺆﴍ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‬‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ ‪ Sony‬ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪OVERLOAD‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﻠﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﹼ‬
‫ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿﻐﻂ‬‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻳﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻣﻌﻄﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ ﹼ‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪) PUSH EJT‬ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻟﻺﺧﺮﺍﺝ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪) ‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ(‪.‬‬‫‪READ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﳊﲔ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻭﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ USB) USB NO SUPRT‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫“ ﺃﻭ ”‬
‫”‬
‫“‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﴪﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳖﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻡ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪.‬‬
‫” “‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪:Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ Bluetooth) BT BUSY‬ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﻫﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬‫‪EMPTY‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻓﺎﺭﻍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ERROR‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺧﻔﻘﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ‪.BT‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺧﻔﻘﺖ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺣﺘﻰ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬‫ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﺘﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﲆ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻞ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ‬‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺿﻌﻴ ﹰﻔﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ )ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﹼ‬‫ﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻻ ﹸﻳ ﹶ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‪.‬‬‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻘﺼﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﰲ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﹼ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧ ﹺﺮﺝ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺗ ﹺ‬
‫ﹸﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﳚﺮﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ ﹺ‬‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟ ﹸﺒﻌﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬‫‪ ‬ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳊﻈ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺧﻠ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫‪ ‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﹼ‬
‫‪.AVRCP‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﲢﻘﻖ ﳑﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻴﺄ ﻹﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻏﲑ ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺼﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻬﻴﺄ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻴﺎﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ”‪ “AUTO ANS‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﲔ ”‪ “ANS-1‬ﺃﻭ ”‪) “ANS-2‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(19‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﻔﻘﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﹼ ﺩﺓ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﲇ‬
‫ﰲ ‪.App Remote‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫”‪.“App Remote‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ ”‪.“BT AUDIO‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫‪،Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺧﻔﻖ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻻ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺃﻻ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﺒﲑ ﺟﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ )ﺣﺮﻭﻑ( ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ “AUTO SCR” ‬ﹸﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪.“OFF‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ”‪) “A.SCRL-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(32‬‬‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (SCRL) ‬ﹺ‬‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﲢﺪﺙ ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﺗﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ 45‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻣﺘﲔ ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﱪ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲤﻴﺰ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻋﱪ ﻭﺻﻠﺔ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻥ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﱰﻛﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻃﻮﻳ ﹰﻼ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﲥﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻘﻄﻌﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻝ ﺑﹺﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪ 320‬ﻙ ﺏ‪/‬ﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﲇ‬
‫ﰲ ‪.App Remote‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫”‪.“App Remote‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﹼ‬
‫ﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﻭﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(21 ،20 ،19‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ )ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ ،(Bluetooth‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ‬‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻜﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﻟﺦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺮﺻﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﳑﻜﻨﹰﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺟﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ”‪ “RINGTONE‬ﻋﲆ ”‪) “1‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(19‬‬‫ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﹼ‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ‬‫ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﲈﻉ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﹼ‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺻﻮﺕ‬‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺯﺍﺋﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﹰﻣﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺴﺐ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(23‬‬
‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﺻﺪﻯ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺤﺎﺩﺛﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ‪ EC/NC‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪ “EC/NC-1‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪) “EC/NC-2‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(23‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺤﻴﻄﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻭﻝ ﺃﻥ ﲣﻔﺾ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﻣﻔﺘﻮﺣﺔ ﻭﺻﻮﺕ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺇﻟﺦ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﻮﺕ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻤﺴﺤﺖ ﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ )ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ( ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﱂ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﲈ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﻋﻴﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﹼ ﻧﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﱰﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ‬
‫ﲢﻮﻳﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﺭ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻷﺳﻼﻙ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻣﻊ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﲈﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻔﻌ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫”‪ “DEMO-ON‬ﹼ‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ”‪) “DEMO-OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(32‬‬‫ﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ‪/‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺨ ﹼﻔﺖ ﹸﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪) “DIM-ON‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(32‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ﺇﺫﺍ ﺿﻐﻄﺖ ‪‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(36‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ‪ Auto Off‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ ﹺ‬‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(32‬‬
‫ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ /(BACK‬ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻗﻴﺎﺩﺗﻚ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﲢﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ‪) REM OUT‬ﳐﻄﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻧﲔ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ‪/‬‬‫ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ( ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﲈﻟﻴﺎﺕ )ﺃﲪﺮ(‬
‫ﳌﻌﺰﺯ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﳎﻬﺰﺓ ﲠﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮ ﻣﺪﻣﺞ ﺿﻤﻨ ﹰﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﺟﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ‪/‬ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺒﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﹼ‬‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻵﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﹰ ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﹰ ﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ PTY‬ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ”‪.“- - - - - - - -‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳏﻄﺔ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﻻ ﲢﺪﹼ ﺩ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳏﻤﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﹼ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺗﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺴﺨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻠﲈﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(34‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪.MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ .MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﲥﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﲥﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺒﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﻴﻜﻞ( ﻫﺮﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﻘﺪﺓ‪.‬‬‫ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‪.‬‬‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪EDR + 2.1‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ‪2‬‬
‫)ﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﴡ ‪ +4‬ﺩﺏ ﻡ )ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻣﱰ((‬
‫ﺃﻗﴡ ﻣﺪ￯ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪:‬‬
‫ﺧﻂ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ‪ 10‬ﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ*‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪:‬‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ‪ 2.4‬ﺝ ﻫـ )‪ 2.4835 – 2.4000‬ﺝ ﻫـ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﻤﲔ‪FHSS :‬‬
‫ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ*‪:2‬‬
‫‪) A2DP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻡ( ‪1.2‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ‪1.3‬‬
‫‪) AVRCP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫‪) HFP‬ﺍﻟﱪﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ( ‪1.5‬‬
‫‪) PBAP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ(‬
‫‪) SPP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﺬ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﱄ(‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻳﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﳌﺪ￯ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﲇ ﹰ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺠﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻓﺮﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻛﻨﺔ ﻭﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻭﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﲔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻼﺕ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺮﺝ‪ :‬ﳐﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﻭﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ‪ 8 – 4 :‬ﺃﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﴡ ﳋﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‪) 4 × 52 W :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 4‬ﺃﻭﻡ(‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﳐﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺧﻠﻒ‪/‬ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ(‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻵﱄ‪/‬ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ )‪(REM OUT‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺍﺧﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺧﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ‪MIC‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘﲑﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ :‬ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ‪ 12‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫)ﺃﺭﴈ ﺳﺎﻟﺐ(‬
‫ﺍﻷﺑﻌﺎﺩ‪ 177 × 50 × 178 :‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺽ‪/‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺃﺑﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪ 160 × 53 × 182 :‬ﻣﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫)ﻋﺮﺽ‪/‬ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ‪/‬ﻋﻤﻖ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻠﺔ‪ 1.2 :‬ﻛﺠﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﲈﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪RM-X231 :‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﻟﻠﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ )‪ 1‬ﻃﻘﻢ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﲈﻟﻴﺎﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪XA-MC10 :‬‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪RC-100IP :iPod‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻚ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻜﲈﻟﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ .‬ﹸﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺳﺆﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺮﻱ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻙ ﰲ ﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻬﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﲈ ﳜﺺ ﻭﺣﺪﺗﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺧﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺯ ﻭﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﹸ ﹶﲢﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻋﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺯ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺪﹼ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻵﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻞ ﻟﻠﻬﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻵﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺻﻨﺪﻭﻕ ﹼ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.ATT‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻀﺎﺋﻞ ”‪ “FADER‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﻀﺒﻮﻁ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺫﻱ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺳﲈﻋﺘﹶﻲ ﺗﻜﺒﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(30‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﺪ￯ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﲑﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺼ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ‪ CR2025‬ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺐ ‪ +‬ﻟﻸﻋﲆ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﹰ ﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻃﺒﻴﺐ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻘﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﲈﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻼﻣﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﹼ‬
‫• ﻻ ﲤﺴﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻤﻠﻘﺎﻁ ﻣﻌﺪﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﲤﺎﺱ‬
‫ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺳﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻧﻈﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﳌﻨﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (6‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﻒ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻦ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺯﺍﺋﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻼﺕ ﺃﺑﺪﹰ ﺍ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺪﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‬
‫‪FM‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪ 108.0 – 87.5 :‬ﻡ ﻫـ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪ :‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪ 25 :‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ‪ 8 :‬ﺩﻳﺴﻴﺒﻞ ﻕ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ 75 dB :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 400‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‪) 80 dB :‬ﺳﺘﲑﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ‪ 50 dB :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ‪ 1‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪ 15,000 – 20 :‬ﻫـ‬
‫‪MW‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 1,602 – 531‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ﻙ ﻫـ ﺃﻭ ‪ 9,115.5‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ 4.5/‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫‪SW‬‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 7,735 – 2,940 :SW1‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫‪ 18,135 – 9,500 :SW2‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫)ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10,140‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 11,575‬ﻙ ﻫـ(‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻄﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 9,124.5‬ﻙ ﻫـ ﺃﻭ ‪ 9,115.5‬ﻙ ﻫـ‪ 4.5/‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪ 26 :‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻟﺖ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪CD‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‪120 dB :‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪ 20,000 – 10 :‬ﻫـ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻘﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳋﻔﻘﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻂ‪) USB :‬ﴎﻋﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻠﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ 1 :‬ﺃﻣﺒﲑ‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﲢﺘﺎﺝ ﺇﱃ ﻛﺒﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﳌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﴐﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻛﲈ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳊﻤﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻋﲆ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻋﺎﳌﻴﺔ ﺗﺪﻋﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻼﻳﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﴩﻛﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻛﲈ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﴩﻛﺎﺕ‬
‫ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻧﺤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻨﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺍﺋﻖ )ﺷﺨﺺ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺋﻂ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺦ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﻛﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬‫‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ‪ 2.4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ‪ ،‬ﻛﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ‬‫‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ ﺍﻭ ﻓﺮﻥ ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻒ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﲈ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)‪ (IEEE802.11b/g‬ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﳛﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻒ ﻭﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﲆ ﴎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺍﻭ ﺇﺧﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ .‬ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺿﻤﻦ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬‫ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪ LAN‬ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ‪LAN‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﻢ ﺑﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ‬‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﲈ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﺎﻉ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﳏﻜﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺍﻥ ﺿﲈﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺣﺬﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻦ ﹰ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻧﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﴪﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﲈﻥ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ‬‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﳌﺤﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ ،Bluetooth SIG‬ﻭﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﺛ ﹰﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻳﻠﺒﻲ ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ‬‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻭ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﳌﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻋﱪ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﲢﺪﺙ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ‬‫ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻤﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺘﻚ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪،Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺖ ﻷﻱ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﴩ ﺃﻗﺮﺏ ﻣﻮﺯﻉ ﺳﻮﲏ ‪.Sony‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺳﺌﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻮﺣﺪﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﻣﻨﺘﺠﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ Sony‬ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺏ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻭﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺴﺐ ﰲ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﺎﺯ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻼﺷﺘﻌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ‬‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ‬
‫‪ -‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺇﻧﺬﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺜﺒﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺼﻘﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﴍﻃﺔ‬
‫ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﹼ‬‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ‬
‫ﻻﺻﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺭﻕ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﹼ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬‫ﻼ ﻋﲆ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻗﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺠﻤﺔ(‪ .‬ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺎﺱ ‪ 8‬ﺳﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫• ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ‪ CD-R/CD-RW) :‬ﻓﻘﻂ(‬
‫ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪﺭﺍﺕ )ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ(‪) 150 :‬ﺑﲈ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳉﺬﺭﻱ(‬‫ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ )ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ( ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪﺭﺍﺕ‪) 300 :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ‬‫‪ 300‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪﺭ‪/‬ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﲆ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ‬
‫)ﺣﺮﻭﻑ( ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ(‬
‫ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ )ﺣﺮﻭﻑ( ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪﺭ‪/‬‬‫ﺍﳌﻠﻒ‪) 32 :‬ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ(‪) 64/‬ﺭﻭﻣﻴﻮ(‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺑﻤﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺃﳖﺎ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪،CD-DA‬‬
‫‪ ،CD-DA‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪CD-R/CD-RW‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻮﻣﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪ CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻏﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ‪ MP3‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ‬
‫‪ ISO9660 Level 1/Level 2‬ﺃﻭ ﺟﻮﻟﻴﻴﺖ‪/‬ﺭﻭﻣﻴﻮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻟﺪﺭ‬
‫)ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ(‬
‫ﻣﻠﻒ )ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ(‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ‪iPod‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫‪Made for‬‬
‫ ‪) iPod touch‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‬‫ ‪) iPod touch‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‬‫ ‪) iPod touch‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ(‬‫ ‪iPod classic‬‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺱ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﻣﺲ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﲏ(‬‫ ‪) iPod nano‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(*‬‫ ‪iPhone 4S‬‬‫ ‪iPhone 4‬‬‫ ‪iPhone 3GS‬‬‫‪iPhone 3G -‬‬
‫* ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪) iPod nano‬ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺩ ﺑﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻨﻲ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪ “Made for iPod‬ﻭﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬
‫”‪ “Made for iPhone‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﲏ‬
‫ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺃﻭ ‪ iPhone‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ﻭﻗﺪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺍﻋﺘﲈﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻄﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻮﻓﺎﺀ ﺑﻤﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻷﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .Apple‬ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Apple‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺃﻭ ‪ iPhone‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪Bluetooth‬؟‬
‫• ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﳌﺪ￯ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺳﲈﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ‪ 10‬ﺃﻣﺘﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺄﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﲑ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ )ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﲈﻉ( ﻧﻘﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻤﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ‪) AUX‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﻣﻴﻨﻲ ﺳﺘﲑﻳﻮ(‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ ﻧﻘﺎﻝ‬
‫• ﺍﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﺘﱪﺩ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻠﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺣﻀﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﹸﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﱰﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫• ﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﺪﹼ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﺜﹼﻒ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺗﻜﺜﹼﻒ ﻟﻠﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻈﺮ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﲡﻒ؛ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺳﻠﻚ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ )ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(*‪.‬‬
‫* ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺪﻉ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫•ﻻ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻌﺎﺑﺮ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺧﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﱰﻛﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺼﻔﻮﻓﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﲈﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ ﹼ‬
‫‪ 1‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫”‪.“AUX‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺘﺠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺮﻗﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﺩﺋﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﻑ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺜﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻓﺮﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻤﻤﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫• ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ )‪.(CD‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ‪ DualDiscs‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺸ ﹼﻔﺮﺓ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻮﰲ‬
‫ﴍﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻳﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺪﳎﺔ )‪ ،(CD‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 3‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 5‬ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(32‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫)ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‬
‫‪HPF‬‬
‫‪) HPF FREQ‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻟﻠﺴﲈﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪،“OFF” :‬‬
‫”‪،“100Hz” ،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz‬‬
‫‪) HPF SLOP‬ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻔﻊ(‬
‫)ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ‪ HPF‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ HPF FREQ‬ﻋﲆ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪،“2” ،“1” :(“OFF‬‬
‫”‪.“3‬‬
‫‪) 6*AUX VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﹼ‬
‫”‪.“–8 dB” – “0 dB” – “+18 dB‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻳﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪) 7*BTA VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪) (Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(25‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ”‪ “SET F/R POS‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪.“OFF‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﲆ ”‪) “SUB-OUT‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(30‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪“REAR-OUT‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ”‪ “SW DIREC‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪.“OFF‬‬
‫*‪ 5‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪“REAR-OUT‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ”‪ “RBE MODE‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪.“OFF‬‬
‫*‪ 6‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪.AUX‬‬
‫*‪ 7‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪:DISPLAY‬‬
‫‪) DEMO‬ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫‪) BLK OUT‬ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻡ(‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻲ‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ ،CD‬ﺇﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺖ ‪ 5‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ”‪،“ON‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF‬‬
‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺃﻱ ﺯﺭ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪DIMMER‬‬
‫ﻳﻐﲑ ﺳﻄﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪) ILLUM‬ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ(‬
‫ﻳﻐﲑ ﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺿﺎﺀﺓ‪.“2” ،“1” :‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪) *AUTO SCR‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫* ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ USB ،CD‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪:(Bluetooth) BT‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ‪،Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.19‬‬
‫‪:APP REM‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺈﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪.App Remote‬‬
‫‪:SOUND‬‬
‫‪) EQ7 PRESET‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(27‬‬
‫‪) EQ7 SETTING‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(28‬‬
‫‪POSITION‬‬
‫‪) SET F/R POS‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻲ‪/‬ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ(‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(28‬‬
‫‪) 1*ADJ POSITION‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(29‬‬
‫‪) 2*1*SET SW POS‬ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(28‬‬
‫‪BALANCE‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪“RIGHT-15” :‬‬
‫– ”‪.“LEFT-15” – “CENTER‬‬
‫‪FADER‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺒﻲ‪“FRONT-15” :‬‬
‫– ”‪.“REAR-15” – “CENTER‬‬
‫‪) 3*DM+‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(29‬‬
‫‪) LOUDNESS‬ﻋﻠﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻜﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻌﺰﺯ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﳉﻬﲑ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ( ﻭﻣﺆﺛﺮ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﻲ )ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱄ ﺍﳊﺎﺩ( ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫)ﳏﺴﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫‪ ALO‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯‪.“OFF” ،“ON”:‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫)ﳏﺴﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﲑ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ(‬
‫‪*RB ENH‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﳏﺴﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﲑ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ(‬
‫)ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫‪RBE‬‬
‫‪MODE‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﳏﺴﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﲑ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ‪،“3” ،“2” ،“1” :‬‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﹼ‬
‫”‪.“OFF‬‬
‫‪) LPF FREQ‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﳌﺠﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪،“100Hz” ،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF SLOP‬ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ‪.“3” ،“2” ،“1” :LPF‬‬
‫‪) 5*SW DIREC‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ ﳌﺠﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‬
‫‪) SW MODE‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪،“1” :‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF” ،“3” ،“2‬‬
‫‪) SW PHASE‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﺭ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“REV” ،“NORM‬‬
‫‪) 1*SW POS‬ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(28‬‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“FAR” ،“NORMAL” ،“NEAR‬‬
‫‪) LPF FREQ‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﳌﺠﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪،“100Hz” ،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF SLOP‬ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ‪.“3” ،“2” ،“1” :LPF‬‬
‫‪) 2*S.WOOFER‬ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‬
‫‪) SW LEVEL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‬
‫ﻳﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“–10 dB” – “0 dB” – “+10 dB‬‬
‫)ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ”‪ “ATT‬ﻋﲆ ﺃﺩﻧﻰ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫‪) SW PHASE‬ﻃﻮﺭ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﺭ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“REV” ،“NORM‬‬
‫‪) 1*SW POS‬ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“FAR” ،“NORMAL” ،“NEAR‬‬
‫‪) LPF FREQ‬ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﳌﺠﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪:‬‬
‫”‪،“100Hz” ،“80Hz” ،“60Hz” ،“50Hz‬‬
‫”‪.“120Hz‬‬
‫‪) LPF SLOP‬ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ‪.“3” ،“2” ،“1” :LPF‬‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ )ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ(‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“SW DIREC‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“SW MODE‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “1‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ “2‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ ،“3‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﺭ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﻭﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‬
‫ﻭﻣﻨﺤﺪﺭ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.31‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪*.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫* ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 4‬ﻏﲑ ﴐﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪CLOCK-ADJ‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪.BTM‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺼﺪﺭ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﹰ‬
‫‪:GENERAL‬‬
‫‪) CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ( )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(6‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*CAUT ALM‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ(‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‪“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(6‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪BEEP‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺒﻴﻪ‪.“OFF” ،“ON” :‬‬
‫‪AUTO OFF‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪) 30S” ،“NO” :‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(“‪) 30M” ،‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(“‪،‬‬
‫”‪) 60M‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) 2* 1*AUX-A‬ﺻﻮﺕ ‪(AUX‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻋﺮﺽ ‪ AUX‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪،“ON” :‬‬
‫”‪) “OFF‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(33‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*REAR/SUB‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪) “SUB-OUT” :‬ﳎﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ(‪“REAR-OUT” ،‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫)ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) CT‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪“OFF” ،“ON” :CT‬‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(11‬‬
‫‪) 3*BTM‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(10‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪*ZAPPIN‬‬
‫‪) ZAP TIME‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ(‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﰲ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪.ZAPPIN‬‬
‫ ”‪) Z.TIME-1‬ﺣﻮﺍﱃ ‪ 6‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ(“‪،‬‬‫”‪) Z.TIME-2‬ﺣﻮﺍﱃ ‪ 15‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(“‪،‬‬
‫”‪) Z.TIME-3‬ﺣﻮﺍﱃ ‪ 30‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) ZAP BEEP‬ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﺎﻃﻊ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪:‬‬
‫”‪.“OFF” ،“ON‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻻ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ‪.App Remote‬‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ CD‬ﺃﻭ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ”‪ “NEAR‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪ “NORMAL‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ ،“FAR‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “OFF‬ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪.4‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ )ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ(‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“POSITION‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“ADJ POSITION‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‪.“–3” – “CENTER” – “+3” :‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫‪DM+‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺭﻗﻤ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺔ ‪ DM+‬ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻡ ﹼ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“DM+‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ ،“ON‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ DM+‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺠﻬﺎﺭ‬
‫ﳏﺴﻦ‬
‫ﻟﻠﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ —‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﲑ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ‬
‫ﳏﺴﻦ ﺍﳉﻬﲑ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻋﲆ ﲢﺴﲔ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﲑ‬
‫ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﹼ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺨﻔﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻴﻖ( ﺑﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺷﺢ ﻋﺒﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (31‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﻟﻠﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ )ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ(‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪،“RB ENH‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“RBE MODE‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “1‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ “2‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ ،“3‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫— ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ ﳌﺠﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﺩﻭﻥ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻀﺨﻢ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﳎﻬﺎﺭ ﺗﺮﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ‪ 8 - 4‬ﺃﻭﻡ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺳﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﲈﻋﺔ ﺑﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﳌﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫)ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﺒﺔ( — ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪EQ7‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺀﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ — ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪ “CUSTOM‬ﻟﻠﺒﻨﺪ ‪ EQ7‬ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﳏﺎﻛﺎﺓ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺄﺧﲑ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺳﲈﻋﺔ ﺣﺴﺒﲈ ﻳﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ”‪ “POSITION‬ﹼ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“EQ7 SETTING‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BASE‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻛﺄﺳﺎﺱ ﳌﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺼﻮﺹ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 63 :BAND1‬ﻫـ )ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ 160 :BAND2‬ﻫـ‬
‫‪ 400 :BAND3‬ﻫـ‬
‫‪ 1 :BAND4‬ﻙ ﻫـ )ﻛﻴﻠﻮﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‬
‫‪ 2.5 :BAND5‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫‪ 6.3 :BAND6‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫‪ 16.0 :BAND7‬ﻙ ﻫـ‬
‫‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺑﻤﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ ،1 dB‬ﻣﻦ ‪ –6 dB‬ﺇﱃ ‪.+6 dB‬‬
‫‪ :() FRONT L‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ :() FRONT R‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻳﻤﲔ‬
‫‪ :() FRONT‬ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻭﺳﻂ‬
‫‪ :() ALL‬ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‬
‫‪ :OFF‬ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﳌﺠﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺨﻔﺎﺽ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﲈﻋﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﲆ ”‪“SUB-OUT‬‬‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(30‬‬
‫ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪.“OFF‬‬‫ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ”‪ “SET SW POS‬ﹼ‬
‫‪ :() NEAR‬ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‬
‫‪ :() NORMAL‬ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫‪ :() FAR‬ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺗﲔ ‪‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯‪ ،‬ﹼ‬
‫ﻭ ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﰲ ”‪.“CUSTOM‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ )ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ(‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“POSITION‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“SET F/R POS‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “FRONT L‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ “FRONT R‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ “FRONT‬ﺃﻭ ”‪ ،“ALL‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“SET SW POS‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻫﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪Android‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫‪) Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(18‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪.“App Remote‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (APP) ‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ )ﻋﺮﺽ( ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪) .‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ )ﻋﺮﺽ( ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺮﻗﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ ﻫﻲ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ )ﻣﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﻼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫‪ ،(123456‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫”‪ “Yes‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ ،“APP REM‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ ﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﳖﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ —‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬
‫ﳏﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳎﺎ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﺻﻮﺗ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻟ ﹰﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﳏﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻡ ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﳉﺔ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ — ﺑﺮﳎﺔ ‪EQ7‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ‪ 7‬ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻓﺊ‬
‫)‪ XPLOD‬ﺃﻭ ‪ VOCAL‬ﺃﻭ ‪ EDGE‬ﺃﻭ ‪ CRUISE‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ SPACE‬ﺃﻭ ‪ GRAVITY‬ﺃﻭ ‪ CUSTOM‬ﺃﻭ ‪.(OFF‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ )ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ(‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“EQ7 PRESET‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “OFF‬ﰲ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻓﺊ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲥﻴﺌﺎﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲣﺺ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫)ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪،‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﺦ( ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BT‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BT INIT‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ )ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪،“INIT-YES‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ “INITIAL‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲥﻴﺌﺎﺕ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ؛ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫”‪ “COMPLETE‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺨ ﹼﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﱪﳎﺔ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ”‪.“BT INIT‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ App Remote‬ﻋﱪ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪(Android‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄ ﹼﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪“App Remote‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Android‬ﻣﻦ ‪.Google Play‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Android‬ﻭﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ Android‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻳﲈﺀﺍﺕ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ )ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪،‬‬‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﻋﲆ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪.Android‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻴﺔ‪/‬ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ SMS‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﹼ‬‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﹼﺒﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﻋﱪ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳍﻮﺍﺗﻒ ‪ Android‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ Android‬ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 2.1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2.2‬ﺃﻭ ‪ 2.3‬ﺃﻭ ‪.4.0‬‬
‫• ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ SMS‬ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﳍﻮﺍﺗﻒ‬
‫‪ Android‬ﹼ‬
‫ﳏﺮﻙ ‪.TTS Engine‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫»ﺳﱰﻳﻤﻨﻎ« )ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ(‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪A2DP‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻄﻮﺭ( ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫)ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪) AVRCP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴﺪﻳﻮ( ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪) .Bluetooth‬ﳜﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫”‪.“BT AUDIO‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﰐ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ALBUM) /‬‬
‫‪] (/‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ[‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪*(REP) ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪*(SHUF) ‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 2*(PAUSE) ‬ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ 2*(PAUSE) ‬ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ –/+‬‬
‫)‪] (/‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ[‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ “BT AUDIO‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﴪﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﴬﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺗﲔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﻷﻱ ﻓﺮﻕ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ –/+‬‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﹺ‬
‫)‪ (/‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫]ﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ[‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﻤﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺘﺪﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“SOUND‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BTA VOL‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹸﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ‪،‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻢ‪/‬ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻞ )”‪– “+18dB‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،(“- 8dB” – “0dB‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪) PBAP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺇﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﰲ )ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ( ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻛﱪﳎﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ* ﺃﻭ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ‪ (‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫”‪.“MEM‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﰲ )ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ( ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“VOICE DIAL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻄﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲤﻴﻴﺰ ﺻﻮﺗﻚ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﹰ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺋﲈ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺎﻋﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻘﻌﺪ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ”‪“BT PHONE‬‬
‫ﳐﺘﺎﺭﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺆﴍ ‪SMS‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﻠﻐﻚ ﻣﺆﴍ ‪SMS‬‬
‫ﺑﺄﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﲥﺎ ‪.SMS‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤﺖ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ‪ ،SMS‬ﻳﻮﻣﺾ ﻣﺆﴍ ‪.SMS‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ‪ SMS‬ﱂ ﺗﹸﻘﺮﺃ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻞ ﻣﺆﴍ‬
‫‪ SMS‬ﻣﻀﺎ ﹰﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﴍ ‪ SMS‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“DIAL NUMBER‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﲑﺍ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺧ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ” “ )ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﻏﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪.*(ENTER‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫* ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪. –/+‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ”_“ ﺑﺪ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ”‪ “#‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﱪﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 6‬ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫”ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﻣﺴﺒ ﹰﻘﺎ“ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(24‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BT PHONE‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ‪ (‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻗﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(ENTER) ‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“REDIAL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱪﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺮﳎﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ ﳌﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ‬
‫ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ‪:‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ‪:‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫)‪ (MIC‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ )”‪ “MIC-LOW‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫”‪ “MIC-MID‬ﺃﻭ ”‪.(“MIC-HI‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪) EC/NC‬ﻭﺿﻊ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻯ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺧﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﺪ￯ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (MIC) ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫”‪ “EC/NC-1‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪.“EC/NC-2‬‬
‫ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻲ )ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪/‬ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ(‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻚ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‪/‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻻﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﲠﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪) PBAP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ” “ ﻭ ” “ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ” “ ﻭ ” “‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(20‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(19‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺟﺮﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺳﲈﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﺱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺼﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫• ﻻ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﻭﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﹼ ﺙ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﲈﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﺾ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﳖﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“PHONEBOOK‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺮﻑ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﲈﺀ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﺍﻷﺳﲈﺀ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﲈ ﰲ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﲠﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪) PBAP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“RECENT CALL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ” “ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺧﱰﺕ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﺳﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﻘﻮﻧﺎﺕ )ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ( ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪*.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﳏﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﺂﺧﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻳﺪﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪*.‬‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BT SIGNL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎﺀ ” “ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ‬
‫* ﻳﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﺔ( ﻻﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪ .‬ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ ﻭﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ” “ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(ENTER) ‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫”‪.“BT PHONE‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ” “ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻳﺔ ﺗﺘﻄ ﹼﻠﺐ ﺗﴫﳛﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻋﲆ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﲠﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﲠﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺼﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺘﴫﻳﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﻲ »ﺳﱰﻳﻤﻨﻎ« ﻟﺼﻮﺕ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﹸﺴﻤﻊ ﺿﻮﺿﺎﺀ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(PAUSE) ‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫”‪.“BT AUDIO‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ” “ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻄ ﹼﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ* ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ ”‪.“0000‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻣﻄﻠﻮ ﹰﺑﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ‪ 2.1‬ﻣﻦ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ”‪“passcode‬‬
‫* ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﹼ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﴢ ”‪ “PIN code‬ﺃﻭ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﴢ ”‪ “PIN number‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ”‪“Password‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﺦ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫‪XXXX‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺤﻔﻆ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺒﻌﻀﻬﲈ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺗﻈﻞ ﻣﻀﺎﺀﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ” “ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺑﲔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.2‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ‬
‫”‪“0000‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ” “ ﺃﻭ ” “ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﹰﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﻗﺪ ﲤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BT SIGNL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻀﺎﺀ ” “ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﺘﻤﻜﲔ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﺪ‪ ،‬ﹸ‬
‫ﺍﺩﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﻭﺍﺑﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻹﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺖ ﺍﳌﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺇﻻ ‪) HSP‬ﺑﺮﻭﻓﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ON‬ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ “BT SIGNL‬ﺇﱃ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻋﲆ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺇﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ )‪.*(BACK‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫* ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 3‬ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﴐﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺎﺕ ‪PAIRING‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ REDIAL‬ﻭ ‪ VOICE DIAL‬ﻭ ‪.BT SIGNL‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪) 1*PAIRING‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(19‬‬
‫‪) PHONEBOOK‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(22‬‬
‫‪) REDIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(23‬‬
‫‪) RECENT CALL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(22‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﳛﺘﺎﺝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪) Bluetooth‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ(‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ”ﻣﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ“ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻓﻴﲈ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﲈ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪.Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺼﻞ ﺇﱃ ‪ 9‬ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪) VOICE DIAL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(24‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﱰ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“PAIRING‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪) DIAL NUMBER‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(23‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺾ‬
‫‪2 1‬‬
‫‪* *RINGTONE‬‬
‫ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﺱ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻞ‪) 1” :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ(“ –‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫”‪) 2‬ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) 1*AUTO ANS‬ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ(‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺮﺩ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﻋﲆ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻭﺍﺭﺩﺓ‪:‬‬
‫”‪) 1” – “OFF‬ﺣﻮﺍﱃ ‪ 3‬ﺛﻮﺍﻥ(“ – ”‪) 2‬ﺣﻮﺍﱃ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ(“‪.‬‬
‫‪) 1*BT SIGNL‬ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ‪) (Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(21 ،20‬‬
‫‪) 3*BT INIT‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ‪) (Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪(26‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺭﺻﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ‪“Sony‬‬
‫”‪ Automotive‬ﻛﺎﺳﻢ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪DR-BT30Q‬‬
‫‪Sony‬‬
‫‪Automotive‬‬
‫‪XXXXXXX‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺑﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪.“BT‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﻐﻤﺔ ﺟﺮﺱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﲤﺖ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﻬﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ”‪) 2‬ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ(“‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ — ™‪ZAPPIN‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻗﺼﲑﺓ ﻣﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻣﻼﺋﻢ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﹼ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (ZAP) ‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(30‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.ZAPPIN‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (ENTER) ‬ﺃﻭ ‪(ZAP) ‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﲣﺘﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺍﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺿﻐﻂ )‪ (BACK‬ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ –‪  +/‬ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫•‬
‫‪.ZAPPIN‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (ALBUM /) /‬ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫•‬
‫‪.ZAPPIN‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﻲ »ﺳﱰﻳﻤﻨﻎ« )ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﳊﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ﻋﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﴬﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻄ ﹼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻼ ﻣﺘﺒﺎﺩ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﺴﺠﻴ ﹰ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻰ ”ﻣﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ )ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻻ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻥ(“‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﲤﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ﹰﻧﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫»ﺳﱰﻳﻤﻨﻎ«‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‪/‬ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﻻﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻬﺎﺯﻙ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻓ ﹰﻘﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺴﲔ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻋﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﲢﺘﺎﺝ‬
‫ﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ )ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫”ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ“ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
‫— ™‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ‪ CD‬ﺃﻭ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ )‪.*(BROWSE‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺤﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،Quick-BrowZer‬ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﻓﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ )‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫* ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،USB‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ )‪(BROWSE‬‬
‫ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﺍﳋﻄﻮﺓ ‪ 2‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،Quick-BrowZer‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪.(BROWSE‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ ،Quick-BrowZer‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪/‬ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ” “ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫” “ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻃﺒﻘﺔ ﺳﻔﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ‬
‫— ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻛﺒﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﴪﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪  +‬ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(ENTER) ‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﻭﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬ﺃﻭ – ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫— ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪  +‬ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪.Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻻﺋﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪ (BACK‬ﺃﻭ – ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﻌﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻭﺃﺩﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ )‪ (a/an/the‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺴﺒﻖ ﺍﳊﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺡ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﺰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﺘﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﳍﺠﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﺤﺔ ﺑﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ‪ %10‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﲇ ﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻼﺋﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ( ﺃﻭ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﹰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ( ) ‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ (SHUF) ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪TRACK‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪ALBUM‬‬
‫‪*PODCAST‬‬
‫‪*ARTIST‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪OFF‬‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺩﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*PLAYLIST‬‬
‫‪*GENRE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻐﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻼﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻡ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪SHUF ALBUM‬‬
‫‪*SHUF DISC‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ 1*SHUF PODCAST‬ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺩﻛﺎﺳﺖ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪*SHUF ARTIST‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*SHUF PLAYLIST‬‬
‫‪*SHUF GENRE‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪*SHUF DEVICE‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪SHUF OFF‬‬
‫*‪ iPod 1‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫*‪ CD 2‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ USB 3‬ﻭ ‪ iPod‬ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ )ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ( ﺑﱰﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻋﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﱰﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫)ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ App Remote‬ﻋﱪ ‪USB‬‬
‫)‪(iPhone‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄ ﹼﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ App StoreSM‬ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﲢﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone‬ﻭﺗﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ‬‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﻳﲈﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﺎﺑﻊ‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻄﺔ‬
‫ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ )ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻢ‬‫ﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﻨﻲ ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻟﺦ( ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﹼﺒﻊ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﻭﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺤﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪ “App Remote‬ﻋﱪ ‪ USB‬ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪ iPhone‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪.iOS 5‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﹼ ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻫﲔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪iPhone‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone‬ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪) iPhone‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(*‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ”‪.“App Remote‬‬
‫* ﹸﻳﻮﴅ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ RC-100IP USB‬ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ (APP) ‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ( ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPhone‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺒﺢ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ )ﻋﺮﺽ( ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪) .‬ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪ (.‬ﻭﺑﺎﳌﺜﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﹰ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،iPhone‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ ،“APP REM‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ ﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﳖﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪iPhone‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPhone‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ،USB‬ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ )ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ( ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ ،iPhone‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻌﺎﺩ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻴﻨﲈ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍ ﹸﳌﻌﺪﹼ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ .iPod‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ ‪( ) ‬‬‫ ‪(SHUF) ‬‬‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﳏﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺩﻛﺎﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﻧﲈﻁ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻨﺎﻧﲔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻼ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،iPod‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪iPod‬‬
‫— ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﻜﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﻵﰐ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪/‬‬
‫)‪(ALBUM /‬‬
‫]ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﹼ‬
‫ﲣﻄﻲ[‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪/‬‬
‫)‪ (ALBUM /‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ[‬
‫]ﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “MODE IPOD‬ﻭﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺒﺎﴍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﻜﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪ “MODE AUDIO‬ﻭﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﳑﻜﻨﹰﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪ USB‬ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻘﻴﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﰲ ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﹼ‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻨﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ ،USB‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﴡ ﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ‪.10,000‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻭﻗﺘﹰﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﳌﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﴪﻳﻊ‪/‬ﺍﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ ﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻐﲑ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺫﺍﺕ ‪) VBR‬ﻣﻌﺪﹼ ﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﹺﺖ ﹼ‬
‫ﹸﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻻ ﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪ MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪﻋﻮﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻗﺪ‬‫ﺍﳌﺤﻤﻴﺔ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ‬
‫ ﺍﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬‫ﹼ‬
‫ ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ‪) DRM‬ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ(‬‫‪ -‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫‪iPod‬‬
‫ﹸﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ”‪“iPod‬‬
‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗ ﹶ‬
‫ﻛﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ iPod‬ﻋﲆ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ ،iPhone‬ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﹸﻳ ﹶ‬
‫ﺬﻛﺮ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲢﺪﻳﺪﹰ ﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﻜﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺣﻮﻝ ‪) “iPod‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ (34‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ‪iPod‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،iPod‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺨﻔﺾ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺑﻤﻨﻔﺬ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫‪) iPod‬ﻏﲑ ﻣﺮﻓﻖ(*‪.‬‬
‫* ﹸﻳﻮﴅ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ RC-100IP USB‬ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPod‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪ iPod‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﲆ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ iPod‬ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ”‪“IPD‬‬
‫”‪) .“USB‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﹼ‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ ،iPod‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ‪ ،iPod‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪.iPod‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪CD‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ )ﻋﺮﺽ( ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ‬
‫ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪) CD-DA‬ﲢﺘﻮﻱ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﲆ ‪(CD TEXT‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ‪) CD-R/CD-RW‬ﻣﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪) MP3/WMA/AAC‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.((34‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ‪/‬ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺘﻔﻆ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ‪USB‬‬
‫ﻣﻔﺼﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺠﻨﹼﺐ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﲑ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ‪(.mp3) MP3‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ (.wma) WMA‬ﻭ ‪.(.m4a) AAC‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻭﺻﻴﻐﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺃﻥ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ( ‪USB‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ )ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ( ‪ USB‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ‪) MSC‬ﻓﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﲈﻋﻲ( )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ ﻓﻼﺵ ‪ ،USB‬ﻣﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻂ‬
‫ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ (Android‬ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻄ ﹼﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪ USB‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ‪MSC‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﳌﺸﻐﹼ ﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.Android‬‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﻮﴅ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪.USB‬‬
‫• ﹸﻳ ﹶ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺧﻠﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ‪.USB‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫• ﺻﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﲑ ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻓﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻔﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ‪(.mp3) MP3‬‬
‫ﻭ ‪ (.wma) WMA‬ﻭ ‪ (.m4a) AAC‬ﻭ ‪.(.mp4) AAC‬‬
‫• ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻟﺪﻳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺰﻳﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻢ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(42‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪USB‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﻏﻄﺎﺀ ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪.USB‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺻﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ USB‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫”‪.“USB‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﺰﻉ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪ ،USB‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ‪ ،USB‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪.USB‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪) PTY‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ‪ PTY‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺚ ‪.FM‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳊﺎﱄ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺚ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.PTY‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﳏﻄﺔ ﺗﺒﺚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ‪) CT‬ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ(‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪ CT‬ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﹼﺔ ﰲ ﺑﺚ ‪ RDS‬ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ”‪ “CT-ON‬ﰲ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ )ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.(30‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪ CT‬ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﳏﻄﺔ‬
‫‪.RDS‬‬
‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫‪) NEWS‬ﺃﺧﺒﺎﺭ(‪) AFFAIRS ،‬ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺷﺎﺋﻌﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) INFO‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ(‪) SPORT ،‬ﺭﻳﺎﺿﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) EDUCATE‬ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ(‪) DRAMA ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﻣﺎ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CULTURE‬ﺛﻘﺎﻓﺔ(‪) SCIENCE ،‬ﻋﻠﻮﻡ(‪،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻨﻮﻋﺎﺕ(‪) POP M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻮﺏ(‪،‬‬
‫‪ VARIED‬ﹼ‬
‫‪) ROCK M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﻙ(‪) EASY M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺼﻒ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ(‪) LIGHT M ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) CLASSICS‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﺩﺓ(‪OTHER M ،‬‬
‫)ﺃﻧﲈﻁ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮ￯(‪) WEATHER ،‬ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻮﻳﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) FINANCE‬ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ(‪) CHILDREN ،‬ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ(‪) SOCIAL A ،‬ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﺟﺘﲈﻋﻴﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) RELIGION‬ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻴﻊ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ(‪PHONE IN ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﺸﺎﺭﻛﺎﺕ ﻫﺎﺗﻔﻴﺔ(‪) TRAVEL ،‬ﺳﻔﺮ(‪LEISURE ،‬‬
‫)ﺍﺳﺘﺠﲈﻡ(‪) JAZZ ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﳉﺎﺯ(‪COUNTRY ،‬‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻳﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﲑﻛﻴﺔ ﹶ‬
‫»ﻛﻨﱰﻱ«(‪NATION M ،‬‬
‫)ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻭﻃﻨﻴﺔ(‪) OLDIES ،‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﺔ(‪،‬‬
‫‪) FOLK M‬ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺷﻌﺒﻴﺔ(‪DOCUMENT ،‬‬
‫)ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻭﺛﺎﺋﻘﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﳎﹰﺎ ﺇﺫﺍﻋ ﹰﻴﺎ ﳐﺘﻠ ﹰﻔﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲣﺘﺎﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻳﺪﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ )‪ (BTM‬ﳌﻨﻊ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺣﺎﺩﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺰﹼ ﻧﺔ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ — ‪BTM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫”‪.“TUNER‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺎﺕ ‪ FM1‬ﺃﻭ ‪ FM2‬ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪ FM3‬ﺃﻭ ‪ MW‬ﺃﻭ ‪ SW1‬ﺃﻭ ‪.SW2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“GENERAL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“BTM‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﻋﲆ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﲣﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ‬
‫)ﻣﻦ ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ ‪ (‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫”‪.“MEM‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻢ )ﻣﻦ ‪ ‬ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪.(‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺰﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ –‪  +/‬ﻟﻠﺒﺤﺚ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ )ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ( ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﳏﻄﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺮﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫–‪  +/‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻹﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫–‪  +/‬ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﻀﺒﻂ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﱰﺩﺩ ﺍﳌﺮﻏﻮﺏ ﺑﺪﻗﺔ‬
‫)ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺪﻭﻳﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﻭﺗﺪﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ ،“TUNER‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﻀﻐﻄﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪RDS‬‬
‫ﳏﻄﺎﺕ ‪ FM‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﹼ ﻡ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ )‪(RDS‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺟﻨ ﹰﺒﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺟﻨﺐ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ )ﺑﺚ( ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﻭﻟﺔ‪/‬‬
‫• ﺭﺑﲈ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻭﻇﺎﺋﻒ ‪ RDS‬ﻣﺘﺎﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ‪ RDS‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﺔ ﺟﺪﹰ ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺒﺚ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪RM-X231‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ )‪(BACK‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪ENTER‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﲥﻴﺌﺔ؛ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ؛ ﺇﳖﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪) PTY‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪) VOL‬ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ( ‪–/ *+‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪CALL‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﳖﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪MODE‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫)‪.(FM/MW/SW‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ )‪.(iPod‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪/‬ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ( )ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.(Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﴍﻳﻂ )ﺭﻗﺎﻗﺔ( ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻝ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪SOUND/MENU‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ‪ SOUND‬ﻣﺒﺎﴍﺓ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(؛ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ؛ ﺭﻓﺾ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪*SOURCE‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ )ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ )ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪/‬‬
‫‪/AUX/USB/CD‬ﺻﻮﺕ ‪/Bluetooth‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪.(Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ )‪ ()/ (‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪/USB/CD/‬ﺻﻮﺕ ‪/Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ ،App Remote‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﴚﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ –‪+/‬‬
‫ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪. ‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪  ‬ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫)‪(BROWSE‬‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍ ‪(–) /(+) ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ )ﻭﺣﺪﺓ( ‪/USB/CD‬ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫‪ ،Bluetooth‬ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﴚﺀ ﻣﺜﻞ ‪/‬‬
‫)‪ (ALBUM /‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ‪. ‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪) DSPL‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪) SCRL/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ(‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫)ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﳐﺰﻥ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻟﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﱪﳎﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( )ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ( )ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.(Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.(‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ App Remote‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪/iPhone‬‬
‫‪ ،Android‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ )ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻧﺎﻓﺬﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪) ‬ﺍﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ(‬
‫ﻹﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻨﺎﻓﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪15 ،13 ،12‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ )‪ MODE/(BACK‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪23 ،14 ،10‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ(؛ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ )ﻣﻮﺟﺎﺕ( ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫)‪.(FM/MW/SW‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ )‪.(iPod‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺗﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ )ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪/‬ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ( )ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪.(Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪6‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ )‪ (BROWSE‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪17‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ™‪Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫)‪.(CD/USB‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪) PTY‬ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ( ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪11‬‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ PTY‬ﰲ ‪.RDS‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﻗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺰﻧﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫)ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫‪:CD/USB‬‬
‫‪) ALBUM / :/‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﻠﻔﺎﺕ‬
‫‪(MP3/WMA/AAC‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺃﻟﺒﻮﻡ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻟﺒﻮﻣﺎﺕ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ(*‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪16‬‬
‫‪ SHUF :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪16‬‬
‫‪ ZAP :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪18‬‬
‫‪PAUSE :‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ‪:2*Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪ALBUM / :/‬‬
‫‪) :‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺮﺍﺭ(*‪ 4‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪25‬‬
‫‪ SHUF :‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪25‬‬
‫‪PAUSE :‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪ :Bluetooth‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪24 ،23‬‬
‫ﳐﺰﻥ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺭﻗﻢ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﹼ‬
‫ﻛﱪﳎﺔ ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ( )ﰲ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ(‪.‬‬
‫‪) MIC :‬ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺔ( ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪23‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﻛﺴﺐ ‪) MIC‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺪ￯‪/‬ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻀﻮﺿﺎﺀ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪:3*App Remote‬‬
‫‪PAUSE :‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪) DSPL‬ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪) SCRL/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ(‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪25 ،21 ،14 ،13 ،12 ،10‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﻘﺒﺲ ﺩﺧﻞ ‪ AUX‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪33‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ )ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﺪ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﴩﻳﻂ ﺇﻟﺦ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 1‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﻴﻢ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ App Remote‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪/iPhone‬‬
‫™‪ ،Android‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﻟﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ 2‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪) Bluetooth‬ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ‪AVRCP‬‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ .(Bluetooth‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﹰ‬
‫*‪ 3‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ App Remote‬ﻣﻊ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪/iPhone‬‬
‫‪ .Android‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻏﲑ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﱪﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫*‪ 4‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻠﻤﻮﺳﺔ )ﺑﺎﺭﺯﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻔﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻋﲆ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ ﻟﺘﻔﻌﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﹰ‬
‫ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﲈﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪*SOURCE/OFF‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ؛ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ )ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪/‬‬
‫‪/AUX/USB/CD‬ﺻﻮﺕ ‪/Bluetooth‬ﻫﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫‪.(Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺼﺪﺭ ﺁﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺘﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺭﺍ –‪SEEK +/‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪:‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﻟﻔﺔ ﻋﲆ )ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ( ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋ ﹰﻴﺎ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ‬
‫ﳏﻄﺔ ﻳﺪﻭ ﹰﻳﺎ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫‪:CD/USB‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮ￯ ﺧﻼﻝ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(؛ ﺍﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﴪﻳﻊ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ‪:2*Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﺍﻟﱰﺟﻴﻊ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﻢ ﺍﻟﴪﻳﻊ‬
‫ﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪:3*App Remote‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺨﻄﻲ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﺯﺭ ‪ CALL‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪19‬‬
‫ﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺧﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(؛ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫‪) Bluetooth‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ(؛ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﳖﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ‪/‬ﺯﺭ ‪ENTER/MENU/APP‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪30 ،27 ،15‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻩ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮ￯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻟﻠﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪/‬ﺇﳖﺎﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ‪ ،App Remote‬ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻷﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭﻩ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﹺﻞ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬
‫‪ ‬ﻓﺘﺤﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ )ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﻸﻋﲆ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪DEMO‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“DISPLAY‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“DEMO‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ”‪ ،“DEMO-OFF‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫)‪.(BACK‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺚ‪/‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺭﻗﻤ ﹰﻴﺎ ﺑﻨﻈﺎﻡ ‪ 12‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ،‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ”‪ ،“GENERAL‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫”‪ ،“CLOCK-ADJ‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﻣﺾ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﹺ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺭ ﻗﺮﺹ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ –‪. +/‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪.‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﳌﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﴪﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺯﺭ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﻧﺤﻮﻙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ‪OFF‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺩﺭﺕ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺬﻳﺮ ﻟﺒﻀﻌﺔ‬
‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﹼ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺨﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺒﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺛﻮﺍﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪ ﹰﻣﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪/‬ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻻ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻃﻮﺑﺔ )ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻞ(‪ .‬ﲡﻨﹼﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﲆ ﺭﻑ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺮﻑ ﺍﳋﻠﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺷﺒﻚ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺒﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﲈ ﻫﻮ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻳﴪ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻮﺿﻌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻃﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻤﻞ ﴍﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﲏ ‪ Sony‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﴐﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺩﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﻠﻜﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﲆ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻱ ﻣﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﴩﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﲨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻜﻮﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺮﳎﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ!‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ ﺍﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻼﺕ ﱂ ﺗﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﴍﻛﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻮﲏ ‪ Sony‬ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻗﺪ ﻳﻠﻐﻲ ﺍﻟﱰﺧﻴﺺ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺡ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺗﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﲈ ﳚﺐ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﻭﺝ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﲆ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﴍﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻛﺘﺸﺎﻑ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺗﺮﺩﺩ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ )‪ (RF‬ﺑﺎﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻏﲑ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺍﳌﻐﻄﺎﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺣﻘﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻭ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﻧﺰﻻﻕ )ﺍﳌﺎﻧﻌﺔ ﻟﻼﺣﺘﺒﺎﺱ( ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻧﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﴪﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﳍﻮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻭ ﻭﻛﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺧﻄﲑﺓ ﻭ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻐﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺿﲈﻥ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﺎﺭﺓ ﺻﺎﻧﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻟﻀﲈﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﲆ ﻧﻈﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﲏ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺠﻬﺰﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺒﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺭﺋﺔ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺺ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﲏ ﺍﳌﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻻﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻮﻁ ﺃﺭﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺑﺮﳎﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺿﲈﻥ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻠﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬
‫ﲑﺍ ﻋﲆ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺇﻟﻜﱰﻭﲏ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻮﻝ ﻛﺜ ﹰ‬
‫ﺃﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ )ﻛﺎﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺨﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺔ‪ ،‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﻹﻟﻜﱰﻭﲏ ﰲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ﺧﻠﻮﻱ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﺍﺭﺉ ﳑﻜﻨﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺷﺒﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺃﻋﲈﻝ ﺻﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎ ﺍﳍﺎﺗﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﲢﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﳎﻬﺰ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺤﲇ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺮﺟﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﻪ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﲈﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﳏﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺪﹼ ﻡ ‪27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻮﺭﺓ — ﹼ‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻨﻮﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺗﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻮﻳﺔ ‪33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ‪33 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻴﺎﻧﺔ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﲢﺮﻱ ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ ‪5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺿﻊ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DEMO‬‬
‫ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻧﺰﻉ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻣﻴﺔ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ‪7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺋﻴﺴﻴﺔ‪7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ‪9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RM-X231‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺩﻳﻮ‪10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﲣﺰﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺤﻄﺎﺕ ‪10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RDS‬‬
‫‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CD‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﻼﺳﻄﻮﺍﻧﺔ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ )ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ( ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ‪12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .USB‬‬
‫‪13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPod‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻼﺕ ‪13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iPod‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍ ﳉﻬﺎﺯ ‪ — iPod‬ﹼ‬
‫ﲢﻜﻢ ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻛﺎﺏ‪14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪ App Remote‬ﻋﱪ ‪15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (iPhone) USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﹼ ﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iPhone‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ‪16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ‪16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ — ™‪17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Quick-BrowZer‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﳌﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﻄﻮﻋﺔ — ™‪18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ZAPPIN‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ‪18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bluetooth‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺰﺍﻭﺟﺔ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻼﻳﺪﻭﻱ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﲈﻉ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﻓﻘﻲ »ﺳﱰﻳﻤﻨﻎ« )ﺍﻟﺒﺚ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲥﻴﺌﺎﺕ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻋﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ‪. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ‪ App Remote‬ﻋﱪ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻴﺔ )ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .(Android‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ ﺑﺎﲡﺎﻫﲔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺎﺗﻒ ‪27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Android‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺭﺓ‬
‫ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﱰﻛﻴﺐ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺻﻴﻼﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﻓﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﲈﻡ ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻋﺚ ﻟﻀﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‬
‫• ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻻﻧﺒﻌﺎﺙ‪ :‬ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‬
‫• ﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺰﺭ‪ :‬ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 53.3‬ﻣﺎﻳﻜﺮﻭ ﻭﺍﺕ‬
‫)ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺮﺝ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ 200‬ﻣﻢ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺌﻴﺔ ﻋﲆ ﻛﺘﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﻗﻂ ﺍﻟﺒﴫﻱ ﺑﻔﺘﺤﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺳﺔ ﻗﺪﺭﻫﺎ ‪ 7‬ﻣﻢ‪(.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ‪ Bluetooth‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﲠﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺘﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Bluetooth SIG, Inc.‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﳌﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﴍﻛﺔ ﺳﻮﲏ ‪ Sony Corporation‬ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﱰﺧﻴﺺ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﲈﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮ￯ ﺗﻌﻮﺩ ﳌﺎﻟﻜﻴﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪ ‪ ZAPPIN‬ﻭ‪ Quick-BrowZer‬ﻋﻼﻣﺘﲔ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺘﲔ‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪.Sony Corporation‬‬
‫ﺗﹸﻌﺪ ‪ Windows Media‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft Corporation‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭ‪/‬ﺃﻭ ﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺘﹶﺞ ﳏﻤﻲ ﺑﻤﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﻓﻜﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ .Microsoft Corporation‬ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮﺟﻴﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍ ﹸﳌﻨﺘﹶﺞ ﳏﻈﻮﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺑﱰﺧﻴﺺ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Microsoft‬ﺃﻭ ﴍﻛﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪Microsoft‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﺎﺻﻠﺔ ﻋﲆ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ iPhone‬ﻭ‪ iPod‬ﻭ‪iPod classic‬‬
‫ﻭ‪ iPod nano‬ﻭ‪ iPod touch‬ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ‬
‫‪ ،Apple Inc.‬ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻻﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﻭﺩﻭﻝ ﺃﺧﺮ￯‪.‬‬
‫‪ App Store‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪Apple Inc.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﺧﱰﺍﻉ ﻭﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ ﺗﺸﻔﲑ ﺻﻮﺕ ‪MPEG Layer-3‬‬
‫ﻣﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﴍﻛﺔ ‪ Fraunhofer IIS‬ﻭ ‪.Thomson‬‬
‫‪ Android‬ﻫﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﲡﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﴩﻛﺔ ‪Google Inc.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﲈﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺿﻊ ﻟﺘﴫﻳﺢ‬
‫‪.Google Permissions‬‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﺜﻴﻮﻡ ﳊﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻛﺄﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﴍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺎﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﳏﺮﻙ ﺳﻴﺎﺭﺗﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﲢﺬﻳﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﲈﻟﻴﺎﺕ ‪ACC‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ )ﲥﻴﺌﺔ( ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫‪) Auto Off‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ .(30‬ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺗﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﱪﻣﺞ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲢﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﺪﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺰﺍﻑ ﺷﺤﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻠﻘﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫‪ ‬ﹺ‬
‫ﹰ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺘﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺃﺑﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ )ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ( ﻛﻠﲈ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺳﻮﻳﺘﺶ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺤﺮﻙ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﹼ‬
‫®‪Bluetooth‬‬
‫‪Audio System‬‬
‫ﺇﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪AR‬‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ‬
‫‪PR‬‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﻳﻀﺎﺣﻲ )‪ ،(DEMO‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪.6‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻟﻐﻮ ﻧﲈﻳﺶ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﲈﻳﺸﯽ )‪ ،(DEMO‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ 6‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪http://www.sony.net/‬‬
‫‪©2012 Sony Corporation Printed in Thailand‬‬
‫‪MEX-BT3150U‬‬